WO2024083153A1 - 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质 - Google Patents

交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024083153A1
WO2024083153A1 PCT/CN2023/125223 CN2023125223W WO2024083153A1 WO 2024083153 A1 WO2024083153 A1 WO 2024083153A1 CN 2023125223 W CN2023125223 W CN 2023125223W WO 2024083153 A1 WO2024083153 A1 WO 2024083153A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
object set
information
group
interface
association relationship
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/125223
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王悦颖
沈博文
彭兆元
孙健
Original Assignee
北京字跳网络技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202211291831.XA external-priority patent/CN117955947A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211282019.0A external-priority patent/CN117955758A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211351667.7A external-priority patent/CN117997858A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211352228.8A external-priority patent/CN117997860A/zh
Application filed by 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 filed Critical 北京字跳网络技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024083153A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024083153A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L51/00—User-to-user messaging in packet-switching networks, transmitted according to store-and-forward or real-time protocols, e.g. e-mail
    • H04L51/04—Real-time or near real-time messaging, e.g. instant messaging [IM]
    • H04L51/046—Interoperability with other network applications or services

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an interaction method, an interaction device, an electronic device, and a storage medium.
  • Internet communication technology provides a variety of communication systems, such as online document communication, instant messaging (IM), etc.
  • the instant messaging system is a real-time communication system that allows multiple users to use the network to transmit various types of data information such as text messages, voice messages, files, etc. in real time based on instant messaging sessions. At the same time, it can also support real-time voice communication, video communication, etc. between multiple users.
  • various communication system technologies such as instant messaging have been widely used in different scenarios or different fields such as collaborative office, teaching, and entertainment.
  • online collaborative office systems based on Internet communication technology are also receiving more and more attention.
  • These online collaborative office systems integrate instant messaging, online documents, audio and video conferencing, calendars and other applications, which improve the collaborative work efficiency of users in organizations (such as enterprises, schools, groups, etc.).
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure provides an interaction method, which includes: obtaining a first change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; and in response to the first change request: establishing a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set; or releasing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintaining the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interaction device, which includes a relationship change request acquisition unit and a relationship change request response unit;
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit is configured to acquire a first change request for changing the association relationship between a first object set and a second object set;
  • the relationship change request response unit is configured to: in response to the first change request, establish a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set; or in response to the first change request, release the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintain the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interaction method, which includes: obtaining a change request for changing the association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; and in response to the change request: changing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to a second association relationship, or changing the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to the first association relationship; in the case where the first object set and the second object set have the first association relationship, the first object set has a first impact on the permissions of the second object set; in the case where the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, the first object set has a second impact on the permissions of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides an interactive device, the interactive device comprising a relationship change request acquisition unit and a relationship change request response unit; the relationship change request acquisition unit is configured to: acquire a change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; the relationship change request response unit is configured to: in response to the change request, change a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to a second association relationship, Or the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed to the first association relationship; when the first object set and the second object set have the first association relationship, the first object set has a first impact on the permissions of the second object set; when the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, the first object set has a second impact on the permissions of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • the interactive device comprising a relationship change request acquisition unit and a relationship change request response unit
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit is configured to: acquire a change request for changing an
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interaction method, which includes: obtaining dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set having a non-empty set of member objects, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set having a non-empty set of member objects; and providing the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set through an information channel, the information channel being different from the at least one second object set setting.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interaction device, which includes a dynamic information acquisition unit and an information channel unit;
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit is configured to acquire dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set has a non-empty set of member objects, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set has a non-empty set of member objects;
  • the information channel unit is configured to provide the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set through an information channel, and the information channel is different from the at least one second object set setting.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an electronic device, which includes a processor and a memory; the memory includes one or more computer-executable instructions; the one or more computer-executable instructions are stored in the memory and are configured to be executed by the processor, and the one or more computer-executable instructions are used to implement the interaction method described in any embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a storage medium for storing non-transitory computer executable instructions.
  • the non-transitory computer executable instructions are executed by a processor, the interaction method described in any embodiment of the present disclosure can be implemented.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a method for interaction.
  • the method includes presenting a conversation interface of the first group in response to receiving a trigger operation of the current user on the first group.
  • the method also includes displaying descriptive information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in the conversation interface.
  • the first group is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • the current user is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • the set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a method for interaction.
  • the method includes displaying description information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in an interface of a first object.
  • the first object is associated with each object set in a set of object sets.
  • a set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • the method also includes displaying relevant information of the first object set in response to triggering an operation on first description information of a first object set in at least one object set on the interface of the first object.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a device for interaction.
  • the device includes a session interface presentation module, configured to present a session interface of the first group in response to receiving a trigger operation of the current user on the first group.
  • the device also includes a description information display module, configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in the session interface.
  • the first group is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • the current user is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • a set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a device for interaction.
  • the device includes a description information presentation module, which is configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in an interface of a first object.
  • the first object is associated with each object set in a set of object sets.
  • a set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • the device also includes a related information display module, which is configured to display related information of the first object set in response to triggering an operation on first description information of a first object set in at least one object set on the interface of the first object.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an electronic device.
  • the device includes at least one processing unit; and at least one memory, the at least one memory is coupled to the at least one processing unit and stores instructions for execution by the at least one processing unit.
  • the device executes the method for interaction described in the above embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the medium stores a computer program.
  • the program is executed by a processor, the method for interaction described in the above embodiment of the present disclosure is implemented.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a method for interface interaction.
  • the method includes: in response to a first trigger operation associated with a group triggered by a current user, presenting a first interface of the group; displaying description information associated with a group of object sets in the first interface, wherein the group is associated with each object set in the group of object sets; and in response to determining that the current user has a first permission, displaying a control in the first interface, the control being used to configure an association relationship between the group and the object set in the group of object sets.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a device for interface interaction.
  • the device includes: a first interface presentation module, configured to present a first interface of the group in response to a first trigger operation associated with the group triggered by the current user; a description information display module, configured to display description information associated with a group of object sets in the first interface, where the group is associated with each object set in the group of object sets; and a control display module, configured to display a control in the first interface in response to determining that the current user has the first permission, where the control is used to configure an association relationship between the group and the object set in the group of object sets.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides an electronic device.
  • the device includes at least one processing unit; and at least one memory, the at least one memory is coupled to the at least one processing unit and stores instructions for execution by the at least one processing unit.
  • the device executes the interface interaction method described in the above embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which a computer program is stored, and the computer program can be executed by a processor to implement the interface interaction method described in the above embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG1 is a system that can be used to implement the interactive method provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG2 is a schematic flow chart of an interaction method provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG3 is a schematic flow chart of a specific example of an interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of an application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of another application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of another application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG7 is a schematic flow chart of a specific example of another interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG8 is a schematic flow chart of another interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG9 is a schematic flow chart of yet another interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of another application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B are schematic diagrams of yet another application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram of another application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG13 is a schematic diagram of another application example based on a first object set provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG14 is a schematic block diagram of an interaction device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG15 is a schematic block diagram of another interactive device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG16 is a schematic block diagram of an electronic device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG17 is a schematic block diagram of another electronic device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of a storage medium provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG19 is a schematic diagram showing an example environment provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG20 shows a schematic diagram of an example application interface according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 21A to 21D illustrate schematic diagrams of example interfaces including a conversation interface according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 22A to 22C are schematic diagrams showing example description information according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG23 is a schematic diagram showing the interaction of an example interface according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG24 shows a flow chart of a process for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG25 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 26A to 26B show schematic diagrams of yet another example interface according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG27 shows a flow chart of another process for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG28 shows a block diagram of another apparatus for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG29 shows a schematic diagram of an example application interface according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG30 is a schematic diagram showing an example trigger operation associated with a group according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • 31A to 31C are schematic diagrams showing example interfaces of a group according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • 32A to 32B are schematic diagrams showing example formats of description information according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • 32C to 32D are schematic diagrams showing other example interfaces of a group according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG33 shows a flow chart of a process for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG34 shows a block diagram of an apparatus for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates an electronic device capable of implementing one or more embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the instant messaging system when users use instant messaging technology to exchange information, such as sending text or voice messages through instant messaging software, users can send messages to a certain user through a single chat session, or users can join a group and exchange information with other group members in the group.
  • the group can also be associated with other groups or organizational structures, so that users can timely and effectively understand or grasp the required information through more information acquisition channels.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure provides an interaction method, which includes: obtaining a first change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; and in response to the first change request: establishing a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set, or releasing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintaining the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • the interaction method provided by the above-mentioned embodiment of the present disclosure can help to flexibly change the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set in at least one example, so as to provide timely and effective information communication or information acquisition channels between the first object set and the second object set through the established first association relationship, and at the same time, it can also reduce or avoid the information transmission and information interaction management, member object management, and operation authority management within the first object set and the second object set. and other possible adverse effects.
  • the first object set and the second object set may refer to sets including multiple member objects, or the first object set and the second object set may also refer to data entities or data objects that organize multiple member objects for implementing certain functions or certain operations, or the first object set and the second object set may also refer to data entities or data objects that organize multiple member objects to provide certain functions to the multiple member objects or allow the multiple member objects to perform certain operations.
  • the first object set or the second object set may organize member objects so that the member objects can implement data or information interaction, or provide services such as data or information interaction, under the first object set or the second object set.
  • the member objects can directly implement data or information interaction through the first object set or the second object set, or directly provide services such as data or information interaction functions through the first object set or the second object set.
  • the first object set or the second object set itself may be a group or discussion group containing multiple users.
  • a platform or channel or other interactive methods for member objects to interact with each other for data or information may be provided under the first object set, so that member objects of the first object set can interact with each other for data or information under the overall organizational structure of the first object set, for example, member objects can interact with each other for data or information through a second object set associated with the first object set, so that the first object set indirectly has the effect or function of providing information interaction.
  • the first object set itself may be a user set including multiple users, and a group or discussion group may be set under the first object set, so that users can interact with each other for information through the above group or discussion group.
  • Fig. 1 is a system that can be used to implement the interactive method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the system 100 may include a user terminal 110, a network 120, a server 130, and a database 140.
  • the system 100 can be used to implement the interactive method described in any embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the user terminal 110 is, for example, a computer 110-1 or a mobile phone 110-2. It is understandable that the user terminal 110 may be any other type of electronic device capable of performing data processing, which may include but is not limited to a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a smart phone, a smart home device, a wearable device, an in-vehicle electronic device, a monitoring device, etc.
  • the user terminal 110 may also be any equipment provided with an electronic device, such as a vehicle, a robot, etc.
  • the user can operate the application installed on the user terminal 110 , and the application transmits the user behavior data to the server 130 via the network 120 .
  • the user terminal 110 can also receive the data transmitted by the server 130 via the network 120 .
  • the application on the user terminal 110 may be a collaborative office application, or may be a social application, etc.
  • a collaborative office application may refer to an application that uses network, computer and other technologies to realize information communication, sharing, collaboration and other functions among multiple users to meet the needs of multiple users working together.
  • a social application may refer to an application that sends and receives messages or instant messaging based on the social relationship chain between users, etc.
  • a user can send messages to a contact and receive messages from a contact.
  • the contact can be a single user or a group.
  • a group refers to a cluster containing at least two users, and a group can also be called a contact group, a group chat, a discussion group, etc.
  • the user terminal 110 can implement the interactive method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure by running a program (process) or thread. In some examples, the user terminal 110 can use its built-in application to execute the interactive method. In other examples, the user terminal 110 can execute the interactive method by calling an application stored externally to the user terminal 110.
  • the network 120 may be a single network, or a combination of at least two identical networks or different networks.
  • the network 120 may include, but is not limited to, a local area network, a wide area network, a public network, a private network, etc., or a combination of several of them.
  • the server 130 may be a single server, a server group, or a cloud server, etc.
  • each server in the server group is connected via a wired or wireless network.
  • a server group may be centralized, such as a data center, or distributed.
  • the server 130 may be local or remote.
  • the server 130 may communicate with the user terminal 110 via a wired or wireless network.
  • the database 140 may generally refer to a device with a data storage function, for example, it may further provide a data processing (such as retrieval, sorting, etc.) function.
  • the database 140 is mainly used to store various data used, generated, and output by the user terminal 110 and the server 130 during work, and may include, for example, multiple sub-databases.
  • the database 140 may be local or remote.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit the type of database, for example, it may be a relational database or a non-relational database.
  • the database 140 may include various memories, such as random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), etc.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • the database 140 may be connected or communicated with the server 130 or a part thereof via the network 120 , or directly connected or communicated with the server 130 , or a combination of the above two methods.
  • the database 140 may be an independent device. In other examples, the database 140 may also be integrated in at least one of the user terminal 110 and the server 130. For example, the database 140 may be set on the user terminal 110 or on the server 130. For another example, the database 140 may also be distributed, with a portion of it being set on the user terminal 110 and another portion being set on the server 130.
  • FIG2 is a schematic flow chart of an interactive method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interactive method can be applied to the server 130 in the system 100 shown in FIG1 , for example, a user such as a user can access the server 130 through the user terminal 110 and operate through the operation interface provided by the client software on the user terminal 110, for example, in a collaborative office application or a social application on the user terminal 110.
  • the interaction method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure includes step S10 and step S20.
  • Step S10 obtaining a first change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • Step S20 In response to the first change request: establish a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set, or release the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintain the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • the above first object set and the second object set may be sets containing one or more member objects, respectively.
  • the one or more member objects may be member objects of various types with different attributes, different functions or used for different operations and belonging to the corresponding object sets.
  • the member objects of the first object set may be users (i.e., user members), or may be a group of users consisting of multiple users;
  • the member objects of the second object set may be users (i.e., user members), or may be a group of users consisting of multiple users.
  • a user may refer to a real person or entity using related equipment or network services, that is, a real user; or a user may also refer to a computer program set in the system that can simulate human conversations, such as a chatbot or service assistant, for providing services.
  • the first object set and the second object set may also include controls for serving users, such as functional controls such as collaborative documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, or container controls for storing relevant interactive information, etc.
  • controls refer to encapsulation of data and methods, and controls can serve users so that users can implement different interactive operations through controls or provide users with different interactive functions, information storage functions, etc.
  • the object type of each member object in the first object set may be the same as or different from each other; the object type of each member object in the second object set may be the same as or different from each other.
  • each member object in the first object set may be a real person or entity that uses the relevant device or network service, or the member objects in the first object set may include both real users and computer programs that provide services, such as chatbots or service assistants.
  • the first object set may include member objects that exist in the form of users, or member objects that exist in the form of user sets (e.g., a group of users including multiple users).
  • the type of the member objects of the first object set and the type of the member objects of the second object set may be the same as or different from each other.
  • each member object in the second object set may be a real person or entity that uses the relevant device or network service, or the member objects in the second object set may include both real users and computer programs that provide services, such as chatbots or service assistants.
  • the second object set may include member objects in the form of users, and may also include functional controls or container controls, such as collaborative documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, etc., as member objects.
  • no specific restrictions are imposed on the types, properties, functions, etc. of the member objects of the first object set and the member objects of the second object set.
  • the first object set organizes member objects so that member objects can interact with each other data or information under the first object set.
  • member objects can interact with each other data or information directly through the first object set
  • the first object set itself can be a group or discussion group containing multiple users, etc.; or, other forms of interaction such as a platform or channel for member objects to interact with each other data or information can be provided under the first object set, so that member objects can interact with each other data or information under the overall organizational structure of the first object set.
  • the first object set itself can be a user set containing multiple users, and groups or discussion groups, etc., can be set under the first object set, so that users can interact with each other information through the above groups or discussion groups, etc.
  • the second object set may be a platform or channel that serves users and is used to enable data or information exchange between member objects of the second object set, so that the member objects of the second object set can directly exchange data or information in the form of the second object set.
  • the second object set may be a chat group that includes multiple users as multiple member objects, so that multiple users can exchange information such as text, pictures, voice, video or network links in the chat group.
  • the second object set may also include functional controls such as documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, or container controls for interactive information storage, so as to provide the above-mentioned information interaction method based on functional controls such as documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, or provide interactive information storage functions.
  • functional controls such as documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, or container controls for interactive information storage
  • the member objects of the first object set can access the documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, etc. in the second object set and perform corresponding operations, so that the member objects in the first object set can interact with different types of information or operations in the form of the second object set.
  • information transmission or information interaction in the first object set and the second object set may include any of the following operations for specific or unspecified member objects: sending or receiving text information; sending or receiving voice information; sending or receiving video information; sending or receiving picture information; or sending or receiving network link information, etc.
  • the network link information may be, for example, a connection to various appropriate network resources, such as web pages, audio, video, dynamic pictures, executable codes, etc.
  • the executable codes may be, for example, applets, scripts (such as javascript scripts, etc.), etc., to implement corresponding functions.
  • the information interaction that can be achieved through the first object set or the second object set includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned situations, and some embodiments of the present disclosure do not specifically limit the type or manner of information interaction that can be achieved by the first object set and the second object set.
  • the information that can be sent by the operation can be followed by all member objects, or the information sent by the operation can require the attention of a specific object.
  • no specific limitation is imposed on the specific form, function or type of the first object set and the second object set.
  • association relationship there may be an association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the association relationship may be a reference relationship (such as the first association relationship in this article), such as the first object set references the second object set, or the second object set references the first object set; for another example, the association relationship may be a subordinate relationship (such as the second association relationship in this article), such as the first object set is subordinate to the second object set, or the second object set is subordinate to the first object set; this is not specifically limited in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the operation permissions that the second object set can execute are limited by the operation permissions that the first object set can execute, or it may mean that the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is limited by the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • the first object set and the second object set reference each other or are associated with each other, and the operation permissions that can be executed by the second object set are not limited to the operation permissions that can be executed by the first object set, and the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is not limited to the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • the first change request may be a request to change the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, for example, it may include establishing or canceling the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the first association relationship may be a reference relationship, for example, in the above step S20, the first object set references the second object set, or the second object set is referenced by the first object set.
  • the second object set can be visible to some or all member objects of the first object set through the first object set, for example, some or all member objects of the first object set Relevant data or information about the second object set can be obtained through the first object set, thereby facilitating timely and effective information communication or information acquisition channels between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the first object set is implemented as a team including multiple team members (such as users or user members) in a collaborative office application
  • the second object set is implemented as a group including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office application
  • the multiple team members in the team are respectively used as member objects of the team
  • the multiple group members in the group are respectively used as member objects of the group.
  • the access entry of the team can be displayed in the operation interface provided by the client that applies the collaborative office application, and the user can access the team by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the team, such as entering the team page.
  • the access entry of the group can be provided in the team page, so that the user can enter the team page through the access entry of the team, and then obtain relevant data or information about the group by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the group provided in the team page.
  • the user can also access the group or enter the corresponding group page by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the group provided in the team page.
  • the first object set is implemented as a first group including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in a collaborative office application
  • the second object set is implemented as a second group including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office application
  • the multiple group members in the first group are respectively used as member objects of the first group
  • the multiple group members in the second group are respectively used as member objects of the second group.
  • the access entrance of the first group and the access entrance of the second group can be displayed in an operation interface provided by a client that applies the collaborative office application, and the user can access the corresponding group, such as entering the corresponding group page, by, for example, clicking on the access entrance of the first group or the access entrance of the second group.
  • an access entry of the second group may be provided in the group page of the first group, so that after the user enters the group page of the first group through the access entry of the first group, the user can obtain relevant data or information about the second group by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the second group provided in the group page; at the same time, an access entry of the first group may be provided in the group page of the second group, so that after the user enters the group page of the second group through the access entry of the second group, the user can obtain relevant data or information about the first group by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the first group provided in the group page.
  • a user may access a corresponding group or enter a corresponding group page by, for example, clicking on the access entry of another group provided in the group page.
  • the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set.
  • the member objects of the first object set can no longer obtain relevant data or information about the second object set through the first object set.
  • a member object of the first object set is also a member object of the second object set, that is, the member object belongs to both the first object set and the second object set, when there is no longer a reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the member object can directly access the first object set or the second object set, but the second object set is no longer visible to the member object through the first object set.
  • the first object set and the second object set no longer have the first association relationship, that is, after the reference relationship is released, the first object set and the second object set still exist respectively.
  • This can not only help to flexibly change the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, but also reduce or avoid the adverse effects that the change may have on, for example, information transmission and information interaction management, member object management, and operation authority management within the first object set and the second object set.
  • the first association relationship is taken as a reference relationship
  • the first object set references the second object set as an example to specifically illustrate the interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure, but it should be noted that the present disclosure includes but is not limited to this.
  • the independent operation permissions of the second object set relative to the first object set remain consistent.
  • the independent operation permission may include independent operation permissions that the second object set can perform for information (or data) transmission, information (or data) interaction, etc. within the second object set.
  • the management permission, control permission, or operation permission that the second object set can perform for information transmission and information interaction within the second object set is not limited to the first object set.
  • the second object set Information transmission and information interaction within the object set are managed solely by the second object set, and the first object set does not have management authority over information transmission and information interaction within the second object set.
  • the independent operation authority may also include independent operation authority that the second object set can perform on each member object of the second object set. For example, before and after the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed, changes to the member objects of the second object set are managed by the second object set alone, and the first object set does not have the operation authority to change the member objects of the second object set.
  • the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the second object set can be independent of the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the first object set. That is, the operation authority of the increase and decrease operations that the second object set can perform on the member objects of the second object set is not limited to the first object set, and the operation authority of the increase and decrease operations that the first object set can perform on the member objects of the first object set is not limited to the second object set.
  • the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the first object set can be managed by the first object set alone, and the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the second object set can be managed by the second object set alone.
  • the member objects of the second object set are not changed. For example, when a new member object is added to the first object set, the second object set does not need to add the member object, or whether the new member object needs to join the second object set is determined or managed by the second object set; when a member object withdraws from the first object set, the member object does not need to withdraw from the second object set, or whether the member object needs to withdraw from the second object set is determined or managed by the second object set.
  • the member objects of the first object set are not changed. For example, when a new member object is added to the second object set, the first object set does not need to add the member object, or whether the new member object needs to join the first object set is determined or managed by the first object set; when a member object withdraws from the second object set, the member object does not need to withdraw from the first object set, or whether the member object needs to withdraw from the first object set is determined or managed by the first object set.
  • the operation permissions of each member object of the second object set on the second object set remain consistent.
  • the information access permissions, information transmission permissions, information interaction permissions, etc. of each member object of the second object set on the second object set are not affected by the change of the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set, nor are they limited by the first object set.
  • FIG3 is a schematic flow chart of a specific example of an interaction method provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure. It should be noted that steps S201 and S202 are substantially the same or similar to steps S10 and S20 in the interaction method shown in FIG2 , respectively. For the specific description of steps S201 and S202, reference can be made to the relevant descriptions of steps S10 and S20 in the above-mentioned interaction method embodiments, respectively, and the repeated parts will not be repeated.
  • the interaction method includes the following steps S201 to S203 .
  • Step S201 obtaining a first change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set.
  • Step S202 In response to the first change request, a first association relationship is established between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set.
  • Step S203 granting at least one member object of the first object set access rights to the second object set through the first object set.
  • the reference relationship established between the first object set and the second object set can be used to provide the corresponding member objects of the first object set with information acquisition or information communication channels about the second object set in a timely and effective manner, thereby facilitating the member objects of the first object set to obtain the required relevant information in a timely and effective manner.
  • one or more member objects of the first object set that originally do not belong to the second object set can be granted access rights to the second object set through the first object set, thereby allowing the one or more member objects of the first object set that originally do not belong to the second object set to rely on the reference relationship established between the first object set and the second object set to obtain relevant information about the second object set in a timely and effective manner.
  • the access rights in step S203 may include access rights for information in the second object set.
  • the read and write operation permission for interaction or information transmission for example, after granting the member objects of the first object set the access permission, the member objects of the first object set can perform read operations or write operations on information transmission or information interaction in the second object set through the first object set.
  • the access permission in the above step S203 only includes the read-only operation permission for information interaction or information transmission in the second object set, for example, after granting the member objects of the first object set the access permission, the member objects of the first object set can only perform read operations on information transmission or information interaction in the second object set through the first object set, but cannot perform write operations.
  • the first object set includes a first member object among its member objects, and the second object set does not include the first member object among its member objects, that is, before a reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is established, the first member object belongs to the first object set but does not belong to the second object set.
  • the above step S203 may include: allowing the first member object to consult information transmission or information interaction within the second object set, perform information transmission or information interaction within the second object set, consult member information about member objects of the second object set, or perform separate information interaction with specific member objects of the second object set, and the like.
  • the first member object is included in the member objects of the first object set, and the first member object is not included in the member objects of the second object set, that is, before the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is established, the first member object belongs to the first object set but not to the second object set.
  • the above step S203 may include: adding the first member object as a member object of the second object set. That is, after the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is established, the first member object that originally did not belong to the second object set is added to the second object set as a new member object of the second object set.
  • some embodiments of the present disclosure take the member objects of the first object set as users (or user members) and the first object set as a first user set including multiple users, and the member objects of the second object set as users (or user members) and the second object set as a second user set including multiple users as examples to specifically explain the various steps in the interaction method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the interaction method provided by the present disclosure includes but is not limited to this.
  • the “member objects of the first object set” mentioned below can be understood as users or user members of the first object set, that is, the “first user set”, or the “users of the first user set”;
  • the “member objects of the second object set” can be understood as users or user members of the second object set, that is, the “second user set”, or the “users of the second user set”.
  • the "first object set” can be represented or understood as a “team”, “organization”, “group” or “group” including multiple users;
  • the “second object set” can be represented or understood as a “group” or “group” including multiple users, such as an instant messaging chat group for multiple users to exchange information such as text, pictures, voice, video, network links, etc. in the group.
  • the "first object set” is a "team” including multiple team members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office software
  • the "second object set” is a "group” including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office application.
  • Multiple team members in the team are respectively used as member objects of the team
  • multiple group members in the group are respectively used as member objects of the group.
  • the access portal of the team can be displayed in the operation interface provided by the client that applies the collaborative office application, and the user can access the team by, for example, clicking on the access portal of the team, such as entering the team page.
  • a "team” can include all employees of a department, and one or more "groups" can correspond to different types of groupings under the department, such as a department internal affairs communication group including all employees of the department, and a department management affairs communication group including the main person in charge of the department, and different project groups formed by employees in the department who are responsible for connecting different projects, such as a first project group formed by employees responsible for handling the first project, a second project group formed by employees responsible for handling the second project, and a third project group formed by employees responsible for handling the third project.
  • groups are all referenced by the department team, and in these groups, their respective members can chat, share information, etc.
  • an employee in a team can have access to one or more groups.
  • the employee can belong to one or more groups at the same time.
  • the employee can list the team and one or more groups associated with the team at the same time, and can access and communicate with the corresponding information in these groups. Streaming, sharing, etc. Since different employees have access rights to different groups in the team, for example, the employee belongs to different groups in the team, different employees will get different user interfaces when using the collaborative office software.
  • a "team” may include people related to a project, and one or more "groups" may correspond to different groups that handle different matters of the project, such as a communication group for R&D personnel, a communication group for interface designers, a communication group for sales personnel, etc.
  • a "team” may be created in the application according to the actual situation, team members may be selected for the team, and groups may be added to the team (i.e., associated groups).
  • 4 to 6 are schematic diagrams of an application example based on a first object set provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the association relationship between the second object set B1 ⁇ B4 and the first object set A1 can be presented in a visual manner.
  • the second object set B1 ⁇ B4 is displayed as being located below the first object set A1 and retracted to the right.
  • the second object set B1 ⁇ B4 can be a chat group for instant messaging, that is, group B1, group B2, group B3, group B4; the second object sets B1 ⁇ B4 are all associated with the first object set A1 (i.e., team A1).
  • the first object set A1 i.e., team A1
  • the second object set B1 i.e., group B1
  • the department internal affairs communication group can be subordinate to the team.
  • the second object set B2 (i.e., group B2) can be a "first project group” associated with the team including employees responsible for handling the first project
  • the second object set B3 (i.e., group B3) can be a "second project group” associated with the team including employees responsible for handling the second project
  • the second object set B4 (i.e., group B4) can be a "third project group” associated with the team including employees responsible for handling the third project.
  • the first project group, the second project group, and the third project group can all be referenced by the team.
  • FIG4 shows an example of a user interface when a user uses the collaborative office software through a client running in a user terminal.
  • the client will not display information (such as a list, etc.) of teams to which the user does not belong. For example, if the user only belongs to team A1 and not team A2, the client will not display information of team A2 to which the user does not belong.
  • team A1 when a user belongs to a group associated with team A1 or has access rights to a group, or a group is set to be visible to the user, the client will display the information of the corresponding group under team A1, such as groups B1 to B4; when the user does not belong to a group associated with team A1, does not have access rights to the group, and the group is set to be invisible to the user, the client will not display the information of the group under team A1.
  • team A1 also has an association relationship with other groups.
  • team A1 also references group B5, which is a "department management affairs communication group" including the main person in charge of the department. When the user does not belong to group B5, does not have access rights to group B5, and group B5 is set to be invisible to the user, the client will not display the information of group B5.
  • a subwindow such as a chat interface CHT1
  • the member objects in group B1 to chat and share information can be provided in the right page of the window, so that the user can interact with information such as text, pictures, voice, and video in group B1.
  • the user can send information such as text, pictures, voice, video, network links, or user business cards in the chat interface CHT1 of group B1 to achieve information interaction in group B1, and for example, initiate an online meeting.
  • the chat interface CHT1 is used to display the information sent by the user or other users (such as users USR1 and USR2).
  • the user can enter the text message he wants to send in the information input box INPT1 at the bottom of the sub-window to interact with other users.
  • the user can also click on the right side of the information input box INPT1 to icon, and in the displayed sub-interface, select to send other types of information besides text, such as pictures, audio, video, network links, or user business cards.
  • groups B2 ⁇ B4 and team A1 are all referenced by team A1
  • groups B2 ⁇ B4 and team A1 are all referenced by team A1
  • the user is not included in groups B2 ⁇ B4 (for example, the user does not belong to any group in groups B2 ⁇ B4).
  • groups B2 ⁇ B4 are displayed in the client's operation interface as being below team A1 and retracted to the right so that they are visible to the user through team A1.
  • group B4 is set to be visible to users through team A1, but the user does not have access permissions to group B4 through team A1; groups B2 and B3 are set to be visible to users through team A1, and the user has access permissions to groups B2 and B3 through team A1, and the user's access permissions to group B2 through team A1 are different from the user's access permissions to group B3.
  • the display mode of group B4 in the operation interface can be set to be different from other groups, for example, the display transparency of group B4 in the operation interface can be different from that of other groups, or it can also be displayed using other background colors, patterns, etc.
  • group B4 cannot be accessed, for example, it cannot jump to the relevant page of group B4 or enter group B4, and it cannot, for example, participate in, view, browse information transmission or information interaction related to group B4.
  • group B2 when group B2 is visible to the user through team A1, and the user has access rights to group B2 through team A1, such as read and write operation permissions, the user can view the information interaction of group B2, interact with information within group B2, view member information about member objects of group B2, or interact with specific member objects of group B2 individually, etc.
  • group B2 after establishing a reference relationship between group B2 and team A1, the user can be added as a new member object of group B2.
  • a sub-window such as a chat interface CHT2
  • a sub-window may be provided in the right page of the window for members of group B2 to chat and share information, so that users can interact with each other in group B2 through information such as text, pictures, voice, and video.
  • a user can send information such as text, pictures, voice, video, network links, or user business cards in the chat interface CHT2 of group B2 to achieve information interaction in group B2, or to initiate an online meeting.
  • the chat interface CHT2 is used to display information sent by the user himself or other users (such as users USR3 and USR4).
  • the user can enter the text message he wants to send in the information input box INPT2 below the sub-window to interact with other users.
  • the user can also click on the right side of the information input box INPT2. icon, and in the displayed sub-interface, select to send other types of information besides text, such as pictures, audio, video, network links, or user business cards.
  • group B3 when group B3 is visible to the user through team A1, and the user has access rights to group B3 through team A1, such as read-only operation permissions, the user can view information interactions within group B3, view member information about member objects of group B3, etc., but cannot conduct information interactions within group B3.
  • a subwindow displaying chat records and information transmission such as a chat record interface CHTRD
  • a subwindow displaying chat records and information transmission such as a chat record interface CHTRD
  • the user can query and browse related information such as text, pictures, voice, video, etc. in the chat record interface CHTRD.
  • the user can only query and browse related information in the chat record interface CHTRD of the group B3, but cannot send information such as text, pictures, voice, video, network links or user business cards in the chat record interface CHTRD, that is, cannot perform two-way information exchange with other users through the chat record interface CHTRD.
  • the user can also be allowed to view the descriptive information about group B2 through team A1.
  • the user can access group B2 through team A1, such as accessing the associated information page of group B2, and then viewing the descriptive information about group B2 in the associated information page of group B2; alternatively, the descriptive information about group B2 can also be displayed in the associated information page of team A1, so that the user can view the descriptive information about group B2 by accessing the associated information page of team A1.
  • the interaction method provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure also includes: updating the association relationship status of team A1, and updating the association relationship status of group B2.
  • the association relationship status of team A1 can be presented in a visual manner within team A1.
  • the association relationship status of team A1 can be displayed in the association information page of team A1, such as displaying "Team A1 establishes a reference relationship with group B2" or "Team A1 cancels the reference relationship with group B2" on the association information page.
  • the association relationship status of group B2 can be presented in a visual manner within group B2.
  • the association relationship status of group B2 can be displayed in the association information page of group B2, such as displaying "Group B2 establishes a reference relationship with team A1" or or "Group B2 removes the reference relationship with Team A1", etc.
  • team status change information such as team name change, team function profile change, team main person in charge change, team contact information change, etc.
  • the dynamic information of team A1 can also include team member object change information, that is, dynamic information about changes in user members within the team, such as dynamic information about new user members joining the team (that is, joining the team as a new member object), dynamic information about user members leaving the team (that is, no longer belonging to the team member object), etc.
  • Other dynamic information about group B2 can also be provided in the associated information page of group B2, such as group status change information, such as group name change, group function profile change, group main person in charge change, group contact information change, etc.; for another example, the dynamic information of group B2 can also include group member object change information, such as new user members joining the group (that is, joining the group as a new member object), dynamic information about user members leaving the group (that is, no longer belonging to the group member object), etc.
  • the above-mentioned dynamic information includes text information, voice information, video information, picture information, or network link information, etc.
  • the above dynamic information can be obtained by the user actively viewing the related information page associated with the team or group, or it can be actively pushed to the user through, for example, a message notification push channel, thereby helping the user to obtain dynamic information related to the team or group in a timely and effective manner.
  • a first object set is allowed to have a reference relationship with one or more second object sets.
  • team A1 can have a reference relationship with multiple groups B2 to B4.
  • a second object set is allowed to have a reference relationship with one or more first object sets.
  • group B2 can be referenced by other teams in addition to team A1.
  • the first object set itself may not have the function of realizing information interaction, and thus the member objects of the first object set cannot directly perform information interaction through the form of the first object set, but need to realize information interaction through, for example, a second object set associated with the first object set and having the information interaction function.
  • the first object set when the first object set itself does not have the function of realizing information interaction and the first object set only has one second object set associated with the first object set, the first object set may, for example, not directly provide the information interaction function to the member objects of the first object set, but enable the member objects of the first object set to perform information interaction through the second object set, so that the first object set indirectly has the function or effect of providing information interaction.
  • the member objects of the second object set need to be the same as the member objects of the first object set, so as to meet the requirement of enabling all member objects of the first object set to realize information interaction through the form of the one second object set.
  • the second object set has a first association relationship (e.g., a reference relationship) with the first object set
  • first association relationship e.g., a reference relationship
  • the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is released, and the second object set is maintained.
  • the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set also needs to be dissolved when the first object set is dissolved.
  • the dissolution of the reference relationship does not affect the existence of the second object set itself, that is, the dissolution of the reference relationship or the dissolution of the first object set will not lead to the dissolution of the second object set. Therefore, after the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is dissolved, the second object set still exists. For example, after the reference relationship is dissolved, the second object set can exist relatively independently of the first object set.
  • the second object set has a first association relationship (e.g., a reference relationship) with the first object set
  • a first association relationship e.g., a reference relationship
  • the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is released, and the first object set is maintained.
  • the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set also needs to be dissolved when the second object set is dissolved. Furthermore, since the dissolution of the reference relationship does not affect the existence of the first object set itself, that is, the dissolution of the reference relationship or the dissolution of the second object set does not lead to the dissolution of the first object set. Therefore, after the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set is dissolved, the first object set still exists. For example, after the reference relationship is dissolved, The first object set may exist relatively independently of the second object set.
  • FIG7 is a schematic flowchart of a specific example of another interaction method provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure. It should be noted that steps S301 and S302 are substantially the same or similar to steps S10 and S20 in the interaction method shown in FIG2 , respectively. For the specific description of steps S301 and S302, reference can be made to the relevant descriptions of steps S10 and S20 in the embodiment of the above-mentioned interaction method, respectively, and the repeated parts will not be repeated.
  • the interaction method includes the following steps S301 to S304 .
  • Step S301 obtaining a first change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set.
  • Step S302 In response to the first change request, a first association relationship is established between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set.
  • Step S303 obtaining a second change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • Step S304 in response to the second change request, the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed to a second association relationship different from the first association relationship.
  • the second object set has at least one subordinate operation controlled by the first object set, or at least part of the operation authority of the second object set belongs to the first object set.
  • the second association relationship may be a subordinate relationship.
  • the second object set may be "subordinate" to the first object set, and the operation permissions that the second object set can execute are limited by the operation permissions that the first object set can execute.
  • it may also mean that the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is limited by the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • information changes and/or information interactions within the second object set are at least partially controlled by the first object set, or at least partial operations on member objects of the first object set affect member objects of the second object set.
  • the member objects of the second object set are consistent with the member objects of the first object set. For example, when the member objects of the first object set are added, the member objects of the second object set are added accordingly; or, when the member objects of the first object set are reduced, the member objects of the second object set are reduced accordingly.
  • the reference relationship (i.e., the first association relationship) between the first object set and the second object set can be changed to a subordinate relationship (i.e., the second association relationship) so that the second object set is subordinate to the first object set, thereby obtaining a specific object set subordinate to the first object set.
  • the association relationship when establishing an association relationship between the first object set and a certain object set, the association relationship can be directly set to a subordinate relationship.
  • the interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure also includes the following steps S401 and S402.
  • Step S401 obtaining a third change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the third object set.
  • Step S402 In response to the third change request, a second association relationship between the first object set and the third object set is established.
  • the second association relationship may be a subordinate relationship.
  • the third object set may be "subordinate" to the first object set, and the operation permissions that the third object set can perform are limited by the operation permissions that the first object set can perform.
  • it may also mean that the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the third object set is limited by the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • the third object set has at least one subordinate operation controlled by the first object set, or at least part of the operation permissions of the third object set belong to the first object set.
  • the above step S402 may also include: in response to the third change request, releasing the subordinate relationship between the first object set and the third object set, and maintaining the first object set and the third object set respectively. For example, when there is no longer a subordinate relationship between the first object set and the third object set, the third object set no longer has subordinate operations controlled by the first object set, or the operation authority of the third object set no longer belongs to the first object set.
  • the member objects of the object set N are consistent with the member objects of the first object set; for another example, when the members of the first object set are allowed to include individual members and set members, and the associated object set N is a set member of the first object set, at least some of the member objects included in the associated object set N have the set-dependent member identity attribute of the first object set, and the set-dependent member identity attribute is associated with the associated object set N, for example, the set member is a member object set including at least one member object; for another example, when the members of the first object set are allowed to include individual members and set members, and at least some of the member objects included in the associated object set N are member objects of the first object set, the associated object set N is a set member of the
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interaction method, which includes: obtaining a change request for changing the association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; and in response to the change request, changing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to a second association relationship, or changing the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to the first association relationship; when there is a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the first object set has a first impact on the permissions of the second object set; when there is a second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the first object set has a second impact on the permissions of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • the interaction method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present disclosure can help to flexibly change the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set in at least one example, so as to better meet different practical application needs of users.
  • FIG8 is a schematic flowchart of another interaction method provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interaction method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure includes step S11 and step S12.
  • Step S11 obtaining a change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • Step S12 in response to the change request, the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed to the second association relationship, or the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed to the first association relationship.
  • the first object set when there is a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the first object set has a first impact on the operation permissions that the second object set can perform on the second object set; when there is a second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the first object set has a second impact on the operation permissions that the second object set can perform on the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • the first association relationship can be a reference relationship, such as the first object set references the second object set, or the second object set references the first object set;
  • the second association relationship can be a subordinate relationship, such as the first object set is subordinate to the second object set, or the second object set is subordinate to the first object set.
  • the operation permissions that the second object set can execute are limited by the operation permissions that the first object set can execute, or it may mean that the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is limited by the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • the first object set and the second object set reference each other or are associated with each other, and the operation permissions that can be executed by the second object set are not limited to the operation permissions that can be executed by the first object set, and the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is not limited to the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • the second object set is changed from being subordinate to the first object set to being referenced by the first object set, thereby making some or all of the operation permissions of the second object set independent of the first object set, allowing some or all operations of the second object set to be controlled independently of the first object set. That is, the independent operation permissions of the second object set relative to the first object set before the change are less than the independent operation permissions of the second object set relative to the first object set after the change. For example, after the above change, at least part of the operation permissions of the second object set no longer belong to the first object set, that is, at least part of the operations of the second object set no longer rely on the first object set for implementation.
  • the information changes and/or information interactions in the second object set are all managed by the second object set, and the first object set has no control over the information changes and/or information interactions in the second object set.
  • Management authority for interaction when the second object set is subordinate to the first object set, information changes and/or information interactions within the second object set are at least partially controlled by the first object set.
  • a first object set references a second object set
  • changes to member objects of the second object set are managed by the second object set, and the first object set does not have the authority to change member objects of the second object set
  • the second object set is subordinate to the first object set, at least some operations on member objects of the first object set have an impact on member objects of the second object set.
  • the member objects of the second object set are consistent with the member objects of the first object set. For example, when the member objects of the first object set are added, the member objects of the second object set are added accordingly; or, when the member objects of the first object set are reduced, the member objects of the second object set are reduced accordingly.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interaction method, which includes: obtaining dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set having a non-empty set of member objects, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set having a non-empty set of member objects; and providing dynamic information for the member objects of the first object set through an information channel, the information channel being different from the at least one second object set setting.
  • the interaction method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present disclosure can provide, in the first object set, member objects of the first object set with an information channel different from that of the second object set, so that the member objects of the first object set do not need to rely on or resort to the second object set in the process of acquiring dynamic information about the first object set, thereby helping each member object in the first object set to acquire dynamic information related to the first object set in a timely and effective manner, thereby improving the timeliness and convenience of the member objects of the first object set in acquiring relevant dynamic information.
  • the interaction method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present disclosure can also reduce or avoid the adverse effects that may be caused to functions such as information transmission and information interaction within the first object set when the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set changes.
  • FIG9 is a schematic flow chart of an interaction method provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interaction method can be applied to the server 130 in the system 100 shown in FIG1 , or can also be applied to the user terminal 110, or can also be applied to both the server 130 and the user terminal 110.
  • a user such as a user can access the server 130 through the user terminal 110 and operate through the operation interface provided by the client software on the user terminal 110.
  • the interaction method is applied, for example, to a collaborative office application or a social application on the user terminal 110.
  • the interaction method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure includes step SP10 and step SP20.
  • Step SP10 dynamic information about a first object set is obtained, the first object set has a non-empty member object set, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set has a non-empty member object set.
  • Step SP20 providing dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set via an information channel, wherein the information channel is different from that set for at least one second object set.
  • the above first object set and the second object set may be sets containing one or more member objects, respectively.
  • the one or more member objects may be member objects of various types with different attributes, different functions or used for different operations and belonging to the corresponding object sets.
  • the first object set may include one or more member objects, and the member objects may be users or user members.
  • a user may refer to a real person or entity that uses related devices or network services, that is, a real user.
  • the member object in the first object set may also be a computer program set in the system that can simulate human conversations, such as a chatbot or service assistant, for providing services.
  • each member object in the first object set may be a real person or entity that uses the relevant device or network service, or the member objects in the first object set may include both real users and computer programs that provide services, such as chat robots or service assistants.
  • the first object set may include member objects that exist in the form of users, or member objects that exist in the form of user sets (e.g., a group of users including multiple users).
  • the type of the member objects of the first object set and the type of the member objects of the second object set may be the same. They may also be different from each other.
  • the second object set may include one or more member objects, which may be, for example, various types of member objects with different attributes, different functions, or used for different operations and belonging to the second object set.
  • the member objects of the second object set may be users or user members, or may also refer to computer programs such as chatbots or service assistants that are set in the system and are capable of simulating human conversations and are used to provide services.
  • a user may refer to a real person or entity that uses related devices or network services, that is, a real user.
  • each member object in the second object set may be the same as or different from each other.
  • each member object in the second object set may be a real person or entity that uses the relevant device or network service, or the member objects in the first object set and the second object set may include both real users and computer programs that provide services, such as chat robots or service assistants.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose specific restrictions on the types, properties, functions, etc. of the member objects of the first object set and the member objects of the second object set.
  • the first object set and the second object set may also include controls for serving users, such as functional controls such as collaborative documents, calendars, audio and video conferences, or container controls for storing relevant interactive information.
  • controls refer to encapsulation of data and methods, and controls can serve users so that users can implement different interactive operations through controls or provide users with different interactive functions, information storage functions, etc.
  • the first object set organizes member objects so that member objects can interact with each other data or information under the first object set.
  • member objects can interact with each other data or information directly through the first object set
  • the first object set itself can be a group or discussion group containing multiple users, etc.; or, other forms of interaction such as a platform or channel for member objects to interact with each other data or information can be provided under the first object set, so that member objects can interact with each other data or information under the overall organizational structure of the first object set.
  • the first object set itself can be a contact group containing multiple users, and groups or discussion groups, etc., can be set under the first object set, so that users can interact with each other information through the above groups or discussion groups, etc.
  • the second object set may be a platform or channel that serves users and is used to enable data or information exchange between member objects of the second object set, so that the member objects of the second object set can directly exchange data or information in the form of the second object set.
  • the second object set may be a chat group that includes multiple users as multiple member objects, so that multiple users can exchange information such as text, pictures, voice, video or network links in the chat group.
  • the member objects of the first object set can access documents, calendars, remote conferences, etc. in the second object set and perform corresponding operations, thereby enabling the member objects in the first object set to interact with different types of information or operations in the form of the second object set.
  • no specific limitation is imposed on the specific form, function or type of the first object set and the second object set.
  • association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the association relationship may be a subordinate relationship, such as the first object set is subordinate to the second object set, or the second object set is subordinate to the first object set; for another example, the association relationship may also be a reference relationship, such as the first object set references the second object set, or the second object set references the first object set; the embodiments of the present disclosure do not specifically limit this.
  • the operation permissions that the second object set can execute are limited by the operation permissions that the first object set can execute, or it may mean that the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is limited by the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • taking the first object set "referencing" the second object set as an example it can mean that the first object set and the second object set reference each other or are associated with each other, and the operation permissions that the second object set can perform are not limited to the operation permissions that the first object set can perform, and the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the second object set is not limited to the information transmission boundary or transmission range of the first object set.
  • User members of the first object set can find the second object set "referenced" by the first object set through the entrance of the first object set, that is, it is convenient to find the second object set.
  • the second object set can be independent of the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the first object set. That is, the operation authority of the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the second object set that can be performed by the second object set is not limited to the first object set, and the operation authority of the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the first object set that can be performed by the first object set is not limited to the second object set.
  • the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the first object set can be managed by the first object set alone, and the increase and decrease operations of the member objects of the second object set can be managed by the second object set alone.
  • the member objects of the second object set are not changed. For example, when a new member object is added to the first object set, the second object set does not need to add the member object, or whether the new member object needs to join the second object set is determined or managed by the second object set; when a member object withdraws from the first object set, the member object does not need to withdraw from the second object set, or whether the member object needs to withdraw from the second object set is determined or managed by the second object set.
  • the member objects of the first object set are not changed. For example, when a new member object is added to the second object set, the first object set does not need to add the member object, or whether the new member object needs to join the first object set is determined or managed by the first object set; when a member object withdraws from the second object set, the member object does not need to withdraw from the first object set, or whether the member object needs to withdraw from the first object set is determined or managed by the first object set.
  • member objects of the first object set can exchange information through the second object set, and the information interaction within the second object set is managed by the second object set, that is, the management authority, control authority or operation authority that the second object set can execute for the information interaction within the second object set is not limited to the first object set.
  • the information interaction in the second object set may include any of the following operations for specific or unspecified member objects: sending or receiving text information; sending or receiving voice information; sending or receiving video information; sending or receiving picture information; or sending or receiving network link information, etc.
  • the network link information may be, for example, a connection to various appropriate network resources, such as web pages, audio, video, dynamic pictures, executable codes, etc.
  • the executable codes may be, for example, mini-programs, scripts (such as javascript scripts, etc.), etc., to implement corresponding functions.
  • the information interaction that can be achieved through the second object set includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned situations, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not specifically limit the type or method of information interaction that can be achieved by the second object set.
  • the information that can be sent by the operation can be followed by all member objects, or the information sent by the operation can be required to be followed by a specific object.
  • the dynamic information about the first object set includes dynamic information related to the state change of the first object set, such as the name, introduction and other basic information of the first object set.
  • the dynamic information about the first object set also includes dynamic information related to the member object change of the first object set, such as a new member object joins the first object set or a member object exits the first object set, etc.
  • the dynamic information about the first object set also includes dynamic information about the change of the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, such as the establishment of an association relationship such as a reference relationship or a subordinate relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the termination of the association relationship established between the first object set and the second object set, or the change of the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set from, for example, a reference relationship to a subordinate relationship, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure do not specifically limit the specific type and content of the dynamic information.
  • the information channel can be a message notification push channel that actively pushes dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set, or it can also be a dynamic information display page that the member objects of the first object set actively check to obtain relevant dynamic information, such as a dynamic information display page, etc., thereby enabling the member objects of the first object set to obtain dynamic information related to the first object set in a timely and effective manner through the provided information channel.
  • the information channel is different from the second object set, for example, the information channel can be set independently of the second object set, that is, the information channel and the second object set are independent of each other, and the information transmission or information interaction on the information channel does not need to rely on or depend on the second object set.
  • the information channel can not only help to reduce or avoid the adverse effects that may be caused to functions such as information transmission and information interaction in the first object set when the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set changes, but also improve the timeliness and convenience of the member objects of the first object set to obtain relevant dynamic information through the information channel.
  • the information channel may be a one-way information channel for providing dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set, such that the member objects of the first object set only receive the corresponding dynamic information through the information channel.
  • the information channel may also be a one-way information channel for providing dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set and allowing the member objects of the first object set to receive the corresponding dynamic information according to the information channel.
  • a two-way information channel for information exchange in a preset manner for example, a member object of a first object set can receive corresponding dynamic information through the information channel while also exchanging information with other member objects of the first object set through the information channel.
  • some embodiments of the present disclosure take the case where the member objects of the first object set are users and the first object set is a first user set including multiple users, and the member objects of the second object set are users and the second object set is a second user set including multiple users as examples to specifically explain the various steps in the interaction method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the interaction method provided by the present disclosure includes but is not limited to this.
  • the “member objects of the first object set” mentioned below can be understood as users of the first object set, that is, the “first user set”, or the “users of the first user set”;
  • the “member objects of the second object set” can be understood as users of the second object set, that is, the “second user set”, or the “users of the second user set”.
  • the "first object set” can be represented or understood as a “team”, “organization”, “group” or “group” including multiple users;
  • the “second object set” can be represented or understood as a “group” or “group” including multiple users, such as an instant messaging chat group for multiple users to exchange information such as text, pictures, voice, video, network links, etc. in the group.
  • the "first object set” is a "team” including multiple team members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office software
  • the "second object set” is a "group” including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office application.
  • Multiple team members in the team are respectively used as member objects of the team
  • multiple group members in the group are respectively used as member objects of the group.
  • the access portal of the team can be displayed in the operation interface provided by the client that applies the collaborative office application, and the user can access the team by, for example, clicking on the access portal of the team, such as entering the team page.
  • a "team” can include all employees of a department, and one or more "groups" can correspond to different types of groupings under the department, such as a department internal affairs communication group including all employees of the department, and a department management affairs communication group including the main person in charge of the department, and different project groups formed by employees in the department who are responsible for connecting different projects, such as a first project group formed by employees responsible for handling the first project, a second project group formed by employees responsible for handling the second project, and a third project group formed by employees responsible for handling the third project.
  • groups are all referenced by the department team, and in these groups, their respective members can chat, share information, etc.
  • an employee in a team can have access rights to one or more groups, for example, the employee can belong to one or more groups at the same time.
  • the team and one or more groups associated with the team can be listed at the same time, and corresponding information can be accessed, communicated, shared, etc. in these groups. Since different employees have access rights to different groups in the team, for example, the employee belongs to different groups in the team, different employees will get different user interfaces when using the collaborative office software.
  • the "first object set” is a "first group” including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office software
  • the “second object set” is a "second group” including multiple group members (such as users or user members) in the collaborative office application.
  • the multiple group members in the first group are respectively used as member objects of the first group
  • the multiple group members in the second group are respectively used as member objects of the second group.
  • the access entry of the first group can be displayed in the operation interface provided by the client that applies the collaborative office application, for example, and the user can access the first group by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the first group, for example, entering the first group page.
  • the "first group” can include a first project group formed by employees responsible for handling the first project
  • the "second group” can include a second project group formed by employees responsible for handling the second project.
  • the second group is referenced by the first group.
  • the first group page can display the second group and provide the access entry of the second group, so that the user can enter the first group page through the access entry of the first group, and can obtain relevant data or information about the second group by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the second group provided in the first group page.
  • the user can also access the second group or enter the corresponding second group page by, for example, clicking on the access entry of the second group provided in the first group page.
  • the respective members can chat, share information, etc.
  • first object sets namely “teams”, are created within the company, including a “product 1 team” of all employees responsible for product project 1, a “product 2 team” of all employees responsible for product project 3, and a “product 3 team” of all employees responsible for product project 4.
  • first object sets namely “teams”
  • second object sets subordinate to the team, corresponding to the groups responsible for handling different tasks of the product project.
  • an employee may belong to one or more teams in the corresponding collaborative office software, for example, he may belong to only "Product 1 Team” or “Product 2 Team”, or he may belong to both "Product 1 Team” and "Product 2 Team", and he may belong to one or more groups within a team.
  • the one or more teams and one or more groups under each team may be listed at the same time, and corresponding information exchange and sharing may be carried out in these groups. Since different employees may belong to different teams or different groups in a team, different employees may have different user interfaces when using the online office software.
  • the dynamic information of the team may include the status change information of the team, such as the change of the team name, the change of the team's functional profile, the change of the team's main person in charge, the change of the team's contact information, etc.; for another example, the dynamic information of the team may also include the change information of the team's member objects, that is, dynamic information about changes in employees within the team, such as dynamic information about new employees joining the team (that is, joining the team as new member objects), dynamic information about employees leaving the team (that is, no longer being member objects of the team), etc.; for another example, the dynamic information of the team may also include the association status change information between the team and the group, such as dynamic information about the addition of a new group under the team or the establishment of an association relationship between the team and a new group, dynamic information that a certain group is no longer established under the team (for example, a certain group established under the team is disbanded) or the group is no longer associated with the team, etc.
  • the status change information of the team such as
  • dynamic information includes text information, voice information, video information, picture information, or network link information, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose specific restrictions on the type and content of the dynamic information provided.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of an application example based on a first object set provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the association relationship between the second object set B1 to B3 and the first object set A1 can be presented in a visual manner.
  • the second object set B1 to B3 is displayed as being located below the first object set A1 and retracted to the right.
  • the second object set B1 to B3 can be an instant messaging chat group, that is, group B1, group B2, and group B3; the second object set B1 to B3 are all associated with the first object set A1 (e.g., team A1).
  • a user selects the second object set B2 by, for example, clicking in the operation interface
  • some or all members may be listed in the right page of the window, and a sub-window for chatting and information sharing, such as a chat interface CHT, may be provided, so that the member objects in the second object set B2 can interact with information such as text, pictures, voice, and video in the second object set B2.
  • each member object in the second object set B2 may send information such as text, pictures, voice, video, network links, or user business cards in the chat interface CHT of the chat group to realize information interaction in the chat group, and for example, initiate an online meeting.
  • the chat interface CHT is used to display the information sent by each member object in the second object set B2 (such as the information sent by the member objects USR1 and USR2).
  • the user can enter the text message he wants to send in the information input box INPT at the bottom of the sub-window to interact with other member objects in the second object set B2.
  • the user can also click on the right side of the information input box INPT to icon, and in the displayed sub-interface, select to send other types of information besides text, such as pictures, audio, video, network links, or user business cards.
  • the first object set A1 may be the “Product 1 Team” including all employees responsible for product project 1
  • the second object set B1 may be the “Daily Communication Group” associated with the “Product 1 Team” including all employees participating in product project 1
  • the second object set B2 may be the “Product 1 Development Group” associated with the “Product 1 Team” including all employees responsible for developing product project 1
  • the third object set B3 may be the “Product 1 Operation Group” associated with the “Product 1 Team” including all employees responsible for operating product project 1.
  • FIG. 10 shown in FIG. 10 is a user interface of a user using the online office software through a client running in a user terminal.
  • the client will not display information (such as a list, etc.) or group information to which the user does not belong. For example, if the user only belongs to the "Product 1 Team" and does not belong to the "Product 2 Team", the client will not display information about the "Product 2 Team" to which the user does not belong.
  • the information channel in the above step SP20 includes a first page associated with the first object set, and the dynamic information is displayed in the first page.
  • a first page PAG1 associated with the first object set A1 will be provided in the right page of the window, and the first page PAG1 includes, for example, a member object information display page and a dynamic information display page in an information management page (for example, a team information management page) converted by clicking on tags INF1 and INF2.
  • the member object information display page shown in FIG11A is displayed in the first page PAG1; when tag INF2 is selected, the dynamic information display page shown in FIG11B is displayed in the first page PAG1.
  • the member object information display page is used to display the identity information of the member objects of the first object set A1, such as the name, avatar and other personal identity information of each member object.
  • the identity information of the user operating the user terminal can be listed as the first item, for example, corresponding to USR0 shown in FIG11A .
  • the dynamic information display page is used to display dynamic information about the first object set A1 , so that users can browse dynamic information related to the first object set A1 through the dynamic information display page on their respective user terminals.
  • each item of dynamic information may be sorted according to the response time of the dynamic operation.
  • each item of dynamic information may be sorted in the dynamic information display page according to the chronological order of the response time.
  • the response time corresponding to the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 is TIMEL1
  • the response time corresponding to the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 is TIMEL2
  • the dynamic information NOTC1, NOTC2, NOTC3 and NOTC4 can be divided according to the response time TIMEL1 and TIMEL2 respectively, and displayed in a predetermined order.
  • the response time TIMEL1 and TIMEL2 can be dates including year, month and day.
  • the response time TIMEL2 is earlier than TIMEL1, then the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 generated at the response time TIMEL1 are located above the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 generated at the response time TIMEL2 in the dynamic information display page.
  • the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 are displayed as being located below the response time TIMEL1 and are retracted to the right.
  • the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 can be sorted under the response time TIMEL1 in the order of specific response time points (e.g., specific date, hour, minute, second, etc. time units).
  • the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 are displayed as being located below the response time TIMEL2 and are retracted to the right.
  • the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 can be sorted under the response time TIMEL2 in the order of specific response time points (e.g., specific date, hour, minute, second, etc. time units).
  • the dynamic information may be first grouped according to different information types in the information channel, and then the items of dynamic information in each group may be sorted in chronological order according to the response time.
  • the dynamic information may include changes in the status of the team, such as changes in the name of the team, changes in the functional profile of the team, changes in the main person in charge of the team, changes in the contact information of the team, etc.; for another example, the dynamic information may also include message notifications of changes in team members, such as new member objects joining the team or member objects leaving the team, etc.; for another example, the dynamic information may also include changes in the association relationship between the team and the group, such as adding a new group B4 under the team, no longer setting up group B1 (or B2, B3) under the team, or the team and group B1 (or B2, B3) still have an association relationship, but the association relationship is changed from a subordinate relationship to a reference relationship, etc.; for another example, the dynamic information may also include information changes of groups B1 ⁇ B3, such as groups B
  • the dynamic information NOTC1, NOTC2, NOTC3 and NOTC4 may include corresponding jump links, member object names or second object set names, etc., so that the user can click The corresponding jump link, member object name or second object set name etc. obtains the corresponding content or page.
  • the user can access the content page associated with the dynamic information by clicking the jump link.
  • the dynamic information includes a member object name
  • the user can access the personal information page of the member object by clicking the member object name, such as a personal homepage or a page or window showing personal profile information, etc.
  • the user can jump to the personal information page of the member object by clicking the member object name, or the personal information page of the member object can also be displayed in the page in the form of a floating window, for example.
  • the dynamic information includes a second object set name
  • the user can access the corresponding second object set by clicking the second object set name, for example, the user can jump to the group information management page of the second object set by clicking the second object set name; if the user does not have access rights to the second object set, the second object set name does not have a jump link function.
  • the dynamic information when the dynamic information includes a member object name, if the name of the member object changes, the name of the member object displayed in the dynamic information display page is also adjusted accordingly. For example, when the dynamic information includes a second object set name, if the name of the second object set changes, the name of the second object set displayed in the dynamic information display page is also adjusted accordingly.
  • the information channel in the above step SP20 may also include a message notification push channel corresponding to each member object of the first object set, such as a message notification push channel separately set for each member object of the first object set, so that the message notification push channels of each member object of the first object set are independent of each other.
  • a message notification push channel corresponding to each member object of the first object set, such as a message notification push channel separately set for each member object of the first object set, so that the message notification push channels of each member object of the first object set are independent of each other.
  • the dynamic message about the first object set A1 can also be provided to each user through a separately set message notification push channel NOTC.
  • the message notification push channel NOTC can be pushed and displayed on the operation interface of the user terminal used by the corresponding user.
  • the dynamic message can be displayed on the user's operating interface through the message notification push channel NOTC and stay for a period of time, so that the user can browse the message notification pushed in the message notification push channel NOTC, or can also jump to the corresponding interface by clicking the link provided in the message notification push channel NOTC.
  • the message notification push channel NOTC will no longer be displayed in the operation interface.
  • the user can then make the message notification push channel NOTC re-displayed in the operation interface by, for example, clicking a designated position on the operation interface or pulling down.
  • the message notification push channel can be configured to push message notifications about the status change of team A1 to the user, such as the name of the team changes, the functional profile of the team changes, the main person in charge of the team changes, the contact information of the team changes, etc.
  • the message notification push channel can also be used to push message notifications about the member object change of team A1 to the user, such as the message notification that a new member object joins team A1, the message notification that a member object leaves team A1, etc.
  • the message notification push channel can also be used to push message notifications about the association status change between team A1 and groups B1 to B3 to the user, such as the addition of a new group B4 under the team, the no longer setting up group B1 (or B2, B3) under the team, or the team and group B1 (or B2, B3) still have an association relationship, but the association relationship is changed from a subordinate relationship to a reference relationship, etc.
  • the message notification push channel may also be used to push message notifications about information changes of groups B1-B3 to users, such as groups B1-B3 being disbanded or groups B1-B3 having their names or managers changed.
  • each message notification may be sorted according to the response time of the dynamic operation.
  • each dynamic information may be sorted in the message notification push channel NOTC according to the chronological order of the response time.
  • the response time corresponding to the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 is TIMEL1
  • the response time corresponding to the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 is TIMEL2
  • the dynamic information NOTC1, NOTC2, NOTC3 and NOTC4 can be divided according to the response time TIMEL1 and TIMEL2 respectively, and displayed in a predetermined order.
  • the response time TIMEL1 and TIMEL2 can be dates including year, month and day.
  • the response time TIMEL2 is earlier than TIMEL1, then the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 generated at the response time TIMEL1 are located above the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 generated at the response time TIMEL2 in the dynamic information display page.
  • the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 are displayed as being located below the response time TIMEL1 and are retracted to the right.
  • the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 can be sorted under the response time TIMEL1 in the order of specific response time points (e.g., specific date, hour, minute, second, etc. time units).
  • the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 are displayed as being located below the response time TIMEL2 and are retracted to the right.
  • the dynamic information NOTC3 and NOTC4 can be sorted under the response time TIMEL2 in the order of specific response time points (e.g., specific date, hour, minute, second, etc. time units).
  • the member objects to which the dynamic information is pushed are also correspondingly different.
  • a message notification about a status change of the first object set A1 can be pushed to some or all of the member objects of the first object set A1; a message notification about an increase in member objects of the first object set A1 can be pushed to some or all of the member objects of the first object set A1; a message notification about a decrease in member objects of the first object set A1 can be pushed only to some of the member objects of the first object set A1, for example, only to the administrator of the first object set A1; a message notification about a change in the associated status of the first object set A1 can be pushed to some or all of the member objects of the first object set A1.
  • the first object set A1 is a team
  • the second object set B1 is a private group set under the team A1
  • the group B1 is only open to some member objects in the team A1
  • the group B1 is changed from being open to some member objects of the team A1 to being open to all member objects of the team A1
  • the access rights provided by group B1 to some member objects of the team A1 is changed to group B1 providing access rights to all member objects of the team A1
  • the message notification of the information change is pushed to all member objects of the team A1.
  • the push method adopted by the message notification push channel may be determined depending on the type of information to be pushed. For example, a message notification about a change in the state of the first object set A1 may be pushed to the member objects of the first object set A1 using a first prompt method such as a strong reminder such as sound, vibration, or a pop-up window. For another example, a change in the member objects of the first object set A1 or a change in the associated state may be pushed using only a second prompt method such as a weak reminder such as a banner.
  • a first prompt method such as a strong reminder such as sound, vibration, or a pop-up window.
  • a change in the member objects of the first object set A1 or a change in the associated state may be pushed using only a second prompt method such as a weak reminder such as a banner.
  • the reminder intensity of the second reminder mode is weaker than that of the first reminder mode.
  • the second reminder mode may, for example, adopt a weak reminder mode that only receives notifications but does not actively send reminders to the user
  • the first reminder mode may, for example, adopt a strong reminder mode that actively sends reminders to the user through reminder sounds, vibrations, pop-up windows, etc. In this way, unnecessary disturbances to the member objects of the first object set can be reduced or avoided while enabling the member objects of the first object set to grasp the corresponding dynamic information at any time.
  • the message notification push channel may also be provided with a control module, such as a robot assistant, that allows information interaction with member objects of the first object set A1.
  • a control module such as a robot assistant
  • the member objects of team A1 may include a robot assistant Xiao A, and the robot assistant Xiao A can establish information interaction with user members, and then can provide dynamic information about team A1 to each user member through the robot assistant Xiao A to realize the function of the message notification push channel.
  • a subwindow for chatting with the robot assistant Xiao A such as a chat interface CHT
  • a subwindow for chatting with the robot assistant Xiao A such as a chat interface CHT
  • the user can interact with the robot assistant Xiao A through information such as text, pictures, voice, and video.
  • the user can send information such as text, pictures, voice, video, and network links in the chat interface CHT.
  • the chat interface CHT can be used to display the dynamic information NOTC1 and NOTC2 about team A1 sent by the robot assistant Xiao A to the user.
  • the user can also interact with the robot assistant Xiao A by entering the text message he wants to send in the information input box INPT below the sub-window, such as the information he wants to query about team A1, the questions he wants to ask about team A1, etc. icon, and in the displayed sub-interface, select to send other types of information besides text, such as pictures, audio, video, network links, etc.
  • the robot assistant Xiao A can also provide other information interaction services such as information query and problem consultation, and the embodiments of the present disclosure do not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the first object set itself may not have the function of realizing information interaction, and thus the member objects of the first object set cannot directly perform information interaction through the form of the first object set, but need to realize information interaction through, for example, a second object set associated with the first object set and having the information interaction function.
  • association relationship between the first object set and the second object set may be a reference relationship or a subordinate relationship.
  • the second object set can be visible to some or all of the member objects of the first object set through the first object set.
  • some or all of the member objects of the first object set can obtain relevant data or information about the second object set through the first object set, thereby helping to provide timely and effective information communication or information acquisition channels between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the member objects of the second object set are consistent with the member objects of the first object set. For example, when the member objects of the first object set are added, the member objects of the second object set are added accordingly; or, when the member objects of the first object set are reduced, the member objects of the second object set are reduced accordingly.
  • the reference relationship between the first object set and the second object set can be changed to a subordinate relationship, so that the second object set is subordinate to the first object set, thereby obtaining a specific object set subordinate to the first object set.
  • the association relationship when establishing an association relationship between the first object set and a certain object set, the association relationship can be directly set to a subordinate relationship.
  • the first object set when the first object set itself does not have the function of realizing information interaction and the first object set only has one second object set associated with the first object set, the first object set may, for example, not directly provide the information interaction function to the member objects of the first object set, but enable the member objects of the first object set to perform information interaction through the second object set, so that the first object set indirectly has the function or effect of providing information interaction.
  • the member objects of the second object set need to be the same as the member objects of the first object set, so as to meet the requirement of enabling all member objects of the first object set to realize information interaction through the form of the one second object set.
  • the second object set when the second object set has an association relationship with the first object set, when the first object set is dissolved, the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is released, and the second object set is retained.
  • the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set associated with the first object set also needs to be dissolved.
  • the dissolution of the association relationship does not affect the existence of the second object set itself, that is, the dissolution of the association relationship or the dissolution of the first object set will not lead to the dissolution of the second object set. Therefore, after the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is dissolved, the second object set still exists. For example, after the association relationship is dissolved, the second object set can exist relatively independently of the first object set.
  • the process of the interaction method provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present disclosure may include more or fewer operations, and these operations may be performed sequentially or in parallel.
  • the process of the interaction method described above includes multiple operations that appear in a specific order, it should be clearly understood that the order of multiple operations is not limited.
  • the interaction method described above can be performed once or multiple times according to predetermined conditions.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interactive device, which includes a relationship change request acquisition unit and a relationship change request response unit.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit is configured to acquire a first change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the relationship change request response unit is configured to: in response to the first change request, establish a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set; or in response to the first change request, release the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintain the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • the interactive device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present disclosure can, in at least one example, help to flexibly change the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, thereby providing timely and effective information communication or information acquisition channels between the first object set and the second object set through the established first association relationship, while also reducing or avoiding possible adverse effects on the first object set and the second object set, such as information transmission and information interaction management, member object management, and operation authority management.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of an interaction device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interactive device 600 includes a relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and a relationship change request response unit 602. Response unit 602.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 is configured to acquire a first change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 may execute step S10 in the interaction method shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the relationship change request response unit 602 is configured to: in response to the first change request, establish a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set; or in response to the first change request, cancel the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and keep the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • the relationship change request response unit 602 can execute step S20 in the interaction method shown in FIG. 2.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 include codes and programs stored in a memory; the processor can execute the codes and programs to implement some or all of the functions of the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 as described above.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 can be dedicated hardware devices, used to implement some or all of the functions of the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 as described above.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 can be a circuit board or a combination of multiple circuit boards, used to implement the functions as described above.
  • the circuit board or the combination of multiple circuit boards may include: (1) one or more processors; (2) one or more non-temporary memories connected to the processor; and (3) firmware stored in the memory that can be executed by the processor.
  • relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 can refer to the relevant description of step S10 and step S20 shown in FIG2 in the embodiment of the above-mentioned interaction method.
  • the interaction device can achieve the technical effect similar to the above-mentioned interaction method, which will not be repeated here.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an interactive device, which includes a relationship change request acquisition unit and a relationship change request response unit.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit is configured to: acquire a change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the relationship change request response unit is configured to: in response to the change request, change the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to the second association relationship, or change the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to the first association relationship.
  • the first object set has a first impact on the permissions of the second object set; in the case where there is a second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the first object set has a second impact on the permissions of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 is configured to acquire a change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 can execute step S11 in the interactive method shown in FIG. 8.
  • the relationship change request response unit 602 is configured to: in response to the change request, change the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to the second association relationship, or change the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to the first association relationship.
  • the relationship change request response unit 602 can execute step S12 in the interactive method shown in FIG. 8.
  • the first object set has a first impact on the authority of the second object set; in the case where there is a second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the first object set has a second impact on the authority of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • the specific description of the above-mentioned interactive device and the relationship change request acquisition unit and the relationship change request response unit included therein can refer to the relevant descriptions of step S11 and step S12 in the embodiment of the above-mentioned interactive method, or its specific implementation method can also refer to the relevant descriptions of the interactive device 600 and the relationship change request acquisition unit 601 and the relationship change request response unit 602 included therein in the embodiment of the above-mentioned other interactive devices, which will not be repeated here.
  • the interactive device can achieve technical effects similar to those of the above-mentioned interactive method.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides an interactive device, the interactive device comprising a dynamic information acquisition unit and an information channel unit;
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit is configured to acquire dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set has a non-empty member object set, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set has a non-empty member object set;
  • the information channel unit is configured to provide member objects of the first object set with dynamic information through an information channel. Dynamic information, the information channel is different from at least one second object set.
  • the interactive device can provide an information channel independent of the second object set for the member objects of the first object set in the first object set, thereby enabling the member objects of the first object set to obtain dynamic information about the first object set without relying on or relying on the second object set, thereby helping each member object in the first object set to obtain dynamic information related to the first object set in a timely and effective manner, thereby improving the timeliness and convenience of the member objects of the first object set in obtaining relevant dynamic information.
  • FIG15 is a schematic block diagram of an interaction device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interaction device 1600 includes a dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and an information channel unit 1602 .
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 is configured to acquire dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set having a non-empty member object set, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set having a non-empty member object set.
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 can execute step SP10 in the interactive method shown in FIG9 .
  • the information channel unit 1602 is configured to provide dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set through an information channel, and the information channel is different from the at least one second object set.
  • the information channel unit 1602 can execute step SP20 in the interaction method shown in FIG9 .
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and the information channel unit 1602 include codes and programs stored in a memory; the processor can execute the codes and programs to implement some or all of the functions of the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and the information channel unit 1602 as described above.
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and the information channel unit 1602 can be dedicated hardware devices used to implement some or all of the functions of the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and the information channel unit 1602 as described above.
  • the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and the information channel unit 1602 can be a circuit board or a combination of multiple circuit boards, used to implement the functions described above.
  • the circuit board or the combination of multiple circuit boards may include: (1) one or more processors; (2) one or more non-temporary memories connected to the processor; and (3) firmware stored in the memory that can be executed by the processor.
  • the specific description of the dynamic information acquisition unit 1601 and the information channel unit 1602 can refer to the relevant description of step SP10 and step SP20 in the embodiment of the above-mentioned interaction method corresponding to Figure 9.
  • the interaction device can achieve similar technical effects as the above-mentioned interaction method, which will not be repeated here.
  • At least one embodiment of the present disclosure further provides an electronic device, the electronic device comprising a processor and a memory.
  • the memory comprises one or more computer executable instructions.
  • the one or more computer executable instructions are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the processor, and the one or more computer executable instructions are used to implement the interaction method provided in any embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of an electronic device provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 300 includes a processor 310 and a memory 320, which can be used to implement a client or a server.
  • the memory 320 is used to store computer executable instructions (e.g., one or more computer program modules) non-transiently.
  • the processor 310 is used to run the computer executable instructions, and when the computer executable instructions are run by the processor 310, one or more steps in the interaction method described above can be executed, thereby implementing the interaction method described above.
  • the memory 320 and the processor 310 can be interconnected through a bus system and/or other forms of connection mechanisms (not shown).
  • the processor 310 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a graphics processing unit (GPU), or other forms of processing units having data processing capabilities and/or program execution capabilities.
  • the central processing unit (CPU) may be an X86 or ARM architecture, etc.
  • the processor 310 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor, and may control other components in the electronic device 300 to perform desired functions.
  • the memory 320 may include any combination of one or more computer program products, and the computer program product may include various forms of computer-readable storage media, such as volatile memory and/or non-volatile memory.
  • Volatile memory may include, for example, random access memory (RAM) and/or cache memory (cache), etc.
  • Non-volatile memory may include, for example, read-only memory (ROM), hard disk, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), portable compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM), USB memory, flash memory, etc.
  • One or more computer program modules may be stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and the processor 310 may run one or more computer program modules to implement various functions of the electronic device 300.
  • Various applications and various data, as well as various data used and/or generated by the application, etc. may also be stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • FIG17 is a schematic block diagram of another electronic device provided in some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 400 is suitable for implementing the interactive method provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure, for example.
  • the electronic device 400 may be a terminal device, etc., and may be used to implement a client or a server.
  • the electronic device 400 may include, but is not limited to, mobile terminals such as mobile phones, laptop computers, digital broadcast receivers, PDAs (personal digital assistants), PADs (tablet computers), PMPs (portable multimedia players), vehicle-mounted terminals (such as vehicle-mounted navigation terminals), wearable electronic devices, etc., and fixed terminals such as digital TVs, desktop computers, smart home devices, etc.
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • PADs tablet computers
  • PMPs portable multimedia players
  • vehicle-mounted terminals such as vehicle-mounted navigation terminals
  • wearable electronic devices etc.
  • fixed terminals such as digital TVs, desktop computers, smart home devices, etc.
  • the electronic device 400 may include a processing device (e.g., a central processing unit, a graphics processing unit, etc.) 410, which can perform various appropriate actions and processes according to a program stored in a read-only memory (ROM) 420 or a program loaded from a storage device 480 to a random access memory (RAM) 430.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • various programs and data required for the operation of the electronic device 400 are also stored.
  • the processing device 410, the ROM 420, and the RAM 430 are connected to each other via a bus 440.
  • An input/output (I/O) interface 450 is also connected to the bus 440.
  • the following devices may be connected to the I/O interface 450: input devices 460 including, for example, a touch screen, a touchpad, a keyboard, a mouse, a camera, a microphone, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, etc.; output devices 470 including, for example, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a speaker, a vibrator, etc.; storage devices 480 including, for example, a magnetic tape, a hard disk, etc.; and communication devices 490.
  • the communication devices 490 may allow the electronic device 400 to communicate with other electronic devices wirelessly or by wire to exchange data.
  • FIG. 17 shows an electronic device 400 having various devices, it should be understood that it is not required to implement or have all of the devices shown, and the electronic device 400 may alternatively implement or have more or fewer devices.
  • the above-mentioned interaction method can be implemented as a computer software program.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a computer program product, which includes a computer program carried on a non-transitory computer-readable medium, and the computer program includes a program code for executing the above-mentioned interaction method.
  • the computer program can be downloaded and installed from the network through the communication device 490, or installed from the storage device 480, or installed from the ROM 420.
  • the functions defined in the interaction method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can be implemented.
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of a storage medium provided by some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the storage medium 500 may be a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium for storing non-transitory computer-executable instructions 501.
  • the interaction method described in the embodiment of the present disclosure may be implemented.
  • the non-transitory computer-executable instructions 501 are executed by a processor, one or more steps in the interaction method described above may be executed.
  • the storage medium 500 may be applied to the above-mentioned electronic device.
  • the storage medium 500 may include a memory in the electronic device.
  • the storage medium may include a memory card of a smart phone, a storage component of a tablet computer, a hard disk of a personal computer, a random access memory (RAM), a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), a portable compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM), flash memory, or any combination of the above storage media, or other applicable storage media.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM portable compact disk read-only memory
  • flash memory or any combination of the above storage media, or other applicable storage media.
  • the description of the storage medium 500 can refer to the description of the memory in the embodiment of the electronic device, and the repeated parts are not repeated.
  • the specific functions and technical effects of the storage medium 500 can refer to the description of the interaction method above, and are not repeated here.
  • the term “based on” should be understood as “based at least in part on”.
  • the term “one embodiment” or “the embodiment” should be understood as “at least one embodiment”.
  • the term “some embodiments” should be understood as “at least some embodiments”.
  • Other explicit and implicit definitions may also be included below.
  • the term "in response to” used in some embodiments of the present disclosure refers to a state in which a corresponding event occurs or a condition is satisfied. It will be understood that the timing of executing a subsequent action executed in response to the event or condition is not necessarily strongly related to the time when the event occurs or the condition is satisfied. For example, in some cases, the subsequent action may be executed immediately when the event occurs or the condition is satisfied; while in other cases, the subsequent action may be executed after a period of time after the event occurs or the condition is satisfied.
  • a prompt message is sent to the user to clearly prompt the user that the operation requested to be performed will require obtaining and using the user's personal information, so that the user can independently choose whether to provide personal information to software or hardware such as electronic devices, applications, servers or storage media that perform operations of the technical solution of the present disclosure based on the prompt message.
  • the prompt information in response to receiving an active request from the user, is sent to the user in a manner such as a pop-up window, in which the prompt information can be presented in text form.
  • the pop-up window can also carry a selection control for the user to choose "agree” or “disagree” to provide personal information to the electronic device.
  • a group refers to an information communication tool that provides a communication space for multiple users, such as a group chat in an instant messaging (IM) tool.
  • IM instant messaging
  • a group includes a collection of users who communicate on a certain topic.
  • a group can be a collection of users established around a topic of interest (e.g., a quantum mechanics discussion group), a collection of users established around an activity of interest (e.g., an exhibition group, a mountain climbing group), or a collection of users established to achieve the same goal (e.g., an exam group), etc.
  • an object set may refer to a set including multiple member objects, or may refer to a data entity or data object that organizes multiple member objects for implementing certain functions or certain operations, or may refer to a data entity or data object that organizes multiple member objects to provide certain functions to the multiple member objects or allow the multiple member objects to perform certain operations.
  • an object collection can organize member objects so that the member objects can implement data or information interaction or provide services such as data or information interaction under the object collection.
  • member objects can directly interact with data or information through the object collection, for example, the object collection itself can be a group or discussion group containing multiple users.
  • an object collection may provide a platform or channel for member objects to interact with each other for data or information, so that member objects of the object collection can interact with each other under the overall organizational structure of the object collection, such as enabling member objects to interact with each other through a group associated with the object collection.
  • the object collection itself may be a user collection containing multiple users, and a group or discussion group may be associated with the object collection, so that users can interact with each other through the group or discussion group.
  • an "object collection” may be a "team” including one or more members.
  • a team may be constructed for a specific project or goal, and the members of the constructed team may include, for example, participants of a specific project, or multiple users with the same goal.
  • the "object set” may also be a "group” including one or more members or groups of members.
  • the members of the group may communicate via instant messaging through the group itself or through other groups associated with the group. It should be understood that the group is also a type of group.
  • group intended to represent appropriate ways of aggregating and/or associating users, which may have different forms of expression in actual products.
  • an association between a "group” and an "object set” can also be established.
  • a "group” can be associated with one or more "object sets”, and such an association is also referred to as being added to the corresponding "object set”.
  • a certain work “group” can be a work group that supports testing in the entire department, which can be associated/added to multiple development project "teams" under the department.
  • a team refers to a function in an interactive application (such as an IM or collaborative office application).
  • a user can create a team in an interactive application, where the team has at least one team member, and the user can associate related groups with the team.
  • the object collection will be described as a team as an example.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of an example environment 2100 in which an embodiment of the present disclosure can be implemented.
  • an application 2120 may be installed in a terminal device 2110.
  • a user 2140 may interact with the application 2120 via the terminal device 2110 and/or an attached device of the terminal device 2110.
  • the application 2120 may be an interactive application that can provide services such as communication and collaboration with other users to the user 2140.
  • a user may operate the application 2120 to achieve message communication, conversation, file sharing, video/voice conferencing, and the like.
  • the application 2120 may be a social software, collaborative office software, and the like.
  • the collaborative office software is usually integrated with an instant messaging application, and may also be integrated with one or more of applications such as audio and video conferencing, cloud documents, calendars, and tasks.
  • the terminal device 2110 may present an interface 2130 of the application 2120 to the user 2140.
  • the interface 2130 may be presented on a display module of the terminal device 2110, or on a display device that is remotely communicable with the terminal device 2110.
  • the interface 2130 may include various interfaces that the application 2120 may provide, such as a conversation interface for presenting chat content, a video conference interface, a file sharing interface, and the like.
  • the terminal device 2110 communicates with the server (not shown) to realize the supply of the service of application 2120.
  • the terminal device 2110 can be any type of mobile terminal, fixed terminal or portable terminal, including mobile phone, desktop computer, laptop computer, notebook computer, netbook computer, tablet computer, media computer, multimedia tablet, personal communication system (PCS) equipment, personal navigation device, personal digital assistant (PDA), audio/video player, digital camera/camcorder, positioning device, television receiver, radio broadcast receiver, electronic book device, game device or any combination of the foregoing, including accessories and peripherals of these devices or any combination thereof.
  • the terminal device 2110 can also support any type of interface for the user (such as "wearable" circuit, etc.).
  • the server is a computing system/server of various types that can provide computing power, including but not limited to mainframes, edge computing nodes, computing devices in cloud environments, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure support displaying description information of a team associated with the group in a conversation interface of the group.
  • description information associated with at least one team in a set of teams associated with the group is allowed to be displayed in a conversation interface of the group. These teams are associated with the current user. For example, the team logos of these teams can be displayed in the conversation interface.
  • FIG. 20 shows an example interface 2200 of an example application 2120 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the interface 2200 can be any interface of the application 2120, such as a client interface.
  • the interface 2200 includes a group list interface 2210, an information flow interface 2220, and a conversation interface 2230.
  • FIG. 20 shows that the interface 2200 includes the above three interfaces, in some embodiments, one or more of these interfaces may be hidden.
  • the group list interface 2210 and the information flow interface 2220 may be hidden, and only the session interface 2230 may be presented.
  • identification information of multiple groups is presented in the group list interface 2210, for example, identification information of message group 2211 and team group 2212.
  • the group list interface 2210 may also present identification information of other groups such as external, tag, single chat, etc. (not shown in the figure).
  • the identification information of each group may be the name, icon, or any combination thereof of the group.
  • the group may be selected by performing a preset operation on the identification information of a certain group. For example, the identification information of the team group 2212 may be clicked, touched, or other preset operations may be performed to select the team group 2212 (also referred to as the team entrance).
  • identification information of multiple teams such as team a, team b, team c, and team d may be displayed under team group 2212.
  • These teams may be teams to which the current user of application 2120 belongs. That is, a team list of teams to which the current user belongs is displayed under team group 2212.
  • Each of these teams has a non-empty member set. For example, at least the current user is a member of each team.
  • the identification information of each team in the team grouping 2212 in FIG. 20 is expanded and displayed, in some embodiments, the identification information of these teams can be hidden.
  • the identification information of each team in the team grouping 2212 can be selected to be hidden or expanded by a preset operation (such as double-clicking, pressing, etc.) on the team grouping 2212.
  • a conversation list 2221 associated with the group is displayed in information stream interface 2220.
  • a conversation list 2221 associated with the group is displayed in information stream interface 2220.
  • team X which may be any one of team a, team b, team c, and team d
  • the identifiers of each conversation associated with team X are presented in information stream interface 2220 as conversation list 2221.
  • a conversation may be selected by performing a preset operation (click, touch, etc.) on the identifier of the conversation.
  • each session associated with team X may be a single chat or a group chat.
  • a session associated with team X may be a group associated with team X.
  • the identifier of the session may be an identifier of the group, such as a group name.
  • a list of sessions associated with team X may be presented as group 1, group 2, group 3, group 4, and group 5.
  • the conversation content of the conversation is presented in the conversation interface 2230. For example, if it is detected that the user 2140 clicks on "Group 1" in the information flow interface 2220, the chat content between the users in Group 1 will be presented in the conversation interface 2230.
  • the user can open a group list associated with the team and open to the current user by triggering or selecting a team in the team list.
  • a message group 2211 (also referred to as a message entry) in the group list interface 2210 is selected, the identifiers of the various conversations in the message group 2211 will be displayed in the information stream interface 2220.
  • the content of the corresponding conversation can be presented in the conversation interface 2230.
  • interface 2200 described above and the various interfaces in other figures described below are merely example interfaces, and various interface designs may actually exist.
  • the various graphical elements in the interface may have different arrangements and different visual representations, one or more of which may be omitted or replaced, and one or more other elements may also exist.
  • the scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • the example interface 2200 of the application 2120 is described above in conjunction with FIG20.
  • description information of the teams (team a, team b, team c) associated with the current group (e.g., group 1) is also displayed in the conversation interface 2230.
  • FIGS. 21A to 21D Further examples of displaying description information in the conversation interface will be described in conjunction with FIGS. 21A to 21D.
  • FIG21A shows a schematic diagram of an example interface 300A including a conversation interface 2230 according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • Interface 300A may be an interface provided by application 2120. Similar to the above description in conjunction with FIG20, if a selection of team 2301 (i.e., team a) in team list 2212 (i.e., team entry) is detected in group list interface 2210 of interface 300A, a conversation list associated with team a is presented in information stream interface 2220. That is, the identifier of the group associated with team a is presented. If a selection of group 2302 (i.e., group 1) is detected in information stream interface 2220, a conversation of group 2302 is presented in conversation interface 2230. The selection process of teams and groups is similar to that described in conjunction with FIG20, and will not be repeated here.
  • team 2301 i.e., team a
  • team list 2212 i.e., team entry
  • the teams displayed in the group list interface 2210 are teams associated with the current user of the application 2120 (e.g., user 2140). In other words, user 2140 has joined these teams.
  • the groups associated with team 2301 displayed in the information flow interface 2220 are not necessarily all groups that user 2140 has joined.
  • these One or more of the groups may be public groups associated with the team 2301.
  • the public group may be visible to each team member user of the team 2301.
  • the user may view the session information of the group by finding the group from the associated team without joining the public group.
  • a group is a private group associated with the team 2301, the user 2140 needs to join the group (i.e., be associated with the group) to view the session information.
  • description information of a group of teams associated with the group 2302 is also presented, such as description information 2310.
  • the description information 2310 may include team identifiers of the teams associated with the group 2302, such as "Team A”, “Team B”, and “Team C”.
  • team identifiers of the teams associated with the group 2302 such as "Team A”, “Team B”, and "Team C”.
  • the description information of each team is separated by a vertical line "
  • the description information of different teams may be separated in any appropriate manner, such as by a space, an ellipsis, and the like.
  • the first descriptive information associated with the team 2301 may be highlighted.
  • This trigger operation on the session interface 2230 is also referred to as the first preset operation.
  • the descriptive information 2311 of the team a is displayed in bold.
  • the descriptive information may be highlighted in any appropriate manner, including but not limited to bolding, highlighting, shading, underlining, and the like.
  • the descriptive information 2311 may also be sorted at the front of the descriptive information 2310.
  • the remaining descriptive information in the descriptive information 2310 may be arranged in any appropriate order. The order of arrangement of these descriptive information may be set by the system or by the user.
  • the description information 2311 is highlighted and arranged at the front, in some embodiments, the description information 2311 may not be highlighted.
  • the individual description information in the description information 2310 may be arranged in any order.
  • the session interface 2230 also presents a group identifier 2312 of the group 2302 associated with the session.
  • the group identifier 2312 may be a name, an icon, or any combination thereof of the group 2302.
  • the group identifier 2310 may be presented in association with the description information 2310.
  • an association symbol 2314 may be presented between the group identifier 2312 and the description information 2310.
  • the association symbol 2314 is also referred to as an index symbol.
  • the association symbol 2314 may be an index line or other appropriate graphic symbol.
  • the name of the group 2302 may be presented, for example, below the description information 2310.
  • the description information 2310 and the group identifier 2312 of the associated group 1 are displayed at the upper position of the session interface 2230, in other embodiments, the description information 2310 and the group identifier 2312 may also be arranged at other predetermined positions of the session interface 2230. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, the position or size of the description information 2310 and the group identifier 2312 displayed in the session interface 2230 may be selected or modified by the user 2140.
  • the presentation of the description information associated with the team b will be cancelled in the session interface 2230. That is, the description information 2310 will become "Team a
  • the 21B shows a schematic diagram of an example interface 300B including a conversation interface 2230 according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interface 300B may be an interface provided by the application 2120.
  • the message group 2321 in the group list interface 2210 of the interface 300B is selected, and the identifiers of the various conversations in the message list 2321, such as the group 2322 (i.e., group 1) and the identifiers of other various groups are presented in the information stream interface 2220.
  • These groups include groups joined by the current user 2140 and groups open to the current user 2140.
  • session information of group 2322 is presented in session interface 2230.
  • description information 2330 of at least one team associated with group 2322 is also displayed in session interface 2230.
  • group identification 2332 of group 2322 is also displayed in session interface 2230.
  • the conversation interface 2230 is presented in response to the selection of the group 2322 associated with the message group 2321.
  • the conversation interface 2230 is presented in response to a trigger that is not associated with individual teams.
  • This triggering operation on the conversation interface 2230 is also referred to as a "second preset operation.”
  • none of the description information in the description information 2330 in Figure 21B will be highlighted.
  • a certain description information in the description information 2330 may also be highlighted. For example, the description information of a team that the user 2140 pays special attention to may be highlighted (not shown in the figure).
  • the user 2140 may set a certain team as a team of special attention through the team setting interface. Additionally or alternatively, if a certain team is composed of If a team is initially created by a user, the system can automatically set the team as a team that the user pays special attention to.
  • the method of setting the team of special attention can be any method. The scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • FIG21C shows a schematic diagram of an example interface 300C including a conversation interface 2230 according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. Similar to FIG21A , if a selection of a team 2301 in the group list interface 2210 is detected, the identifiers of the various groups associated with the team 2301 are displayed in the information flow interface 2220. If a selection of a group 2302 is detected, the conversation content of the group 2302 and the description information 2340 of a team (e.g., team a) associated with the group 2302 are displayed in the conversation interface 2230. Different from the description information 2310 in FIG21A , the description information 2340 only includes the description information of the team 2301 selected in the group list interface 2210, and does not include the description information of other associated teams.
  • the description information 2340 only includes the description information of the team 2301 selected in the group list interface 2210, and does not include the description information of other associated teams.
  • additional information 2343 is displayed in the descriptive information 2340.
  • the additional information 2343 indicates the number of teams in a group of teams associated with the group 2302. It should be understood that the number "3" shown in Figure 21C is merely exemplary and not restrictive.
  • the descriptive information 2340 is associated with the additional information 2343 and is presented as a single graphical element 2345. In other embodiments, the descriptive information 2340 and the additional information 2343 may also be presented as separate graphical elements, respectively.
  • the presentation method of the above-mentioned description information and additional information illustrated in Figure 21C can also be applied to the conversation interface presented by triggering the group in the message group in Figure 21B.
  • the description information can be the description information of any one or several teams in a group of teams associated with the selected group.
  • a preset operation (e.g., selection, click, touch, etc., also referred to as a third preset operation) can be performed on the graphic element 2345 or on any of the separate description information 2340 and the additional information 2343 to present the description information of all teams in a group of teams associated with the group 2302.
  • the description information 2350 of all teams is presented in the form of a drop-down list. It should be understood that the description information of all teams can also be presented in other forms, such as a pop-up window, or new description information including the description information of all teams overlaid on the original description information 2340.
  • the description information presented in the session interface 2230 includes description information of at least one team in a group of teams that is associated with the corresponding group of the current session and that the current user has joined.
  • the description information of all teams in the group of teams may not be displayed. In this case, the content of the description information presented in the session interface 2230 will be adjusted.
  • descriptive information associated with each team in the group of teams may be displayed in the session interface 2230.
  • a group of teams includes “Team A,” “Team B,” and “Team C,” which are small in number
  • the descriptive information 2410 displayed in the session interface 2230 includes the team identifiers of the three teams, such as team names.
  • the team identifier of Team B will be displayed in the display area 2412 as the descriptive information of Team B.
  • the display area sizes of the individual descriptive information in the descriptive information 2410 may be the same or different.
  • descriptive information associated with the threshold number of teams in the group of teams may be displayed in the session interface 2230. For example, if a group of teams includes “Team A”, “Team B”, “Team C”, “Team D”, and “Team E”, and the threshold number is 3, descriptive information of three of the teams is displayed in the session interface 2230. As in the example of FIG. 22A , the displayed descriptive information includes the team identifications of "Team A”, “Team B", and "Team C", such as team names.
  • the threshold number of teams may be optional from a group of teams or selected based on a preset rule. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, if the conversation interface 2230 is presented in response to the first preset operation associated with a team described above, the threshold number of teams needs to include the team. The remaining threshold number of teams may be optional or selected based on a preset rule.
  • the threshold number may be a preset fixed number. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, the threshold number may also be determined based on at least the interface size of the conversation interface 2230. For example, the threshold number may be determined based on the interface size and the minimum display area for displaying the description information of each team. In other embodiments, the threshold number may also be determined based on the interface size and the length of the team logo of each team in a group of teams.
  • the description information on the session interface 2230 may be adjusted by reducing the display area of the description information for each team instead of reducing the number of teams corresponding to the description information. For example, for a certain team in a group of teams (e.g., team b or any other team), a display area corresponding to the team in the session interface 2230 may be determined. Content matching the area size of the display area may be presented as the description information of the team (also referred to as the second description information). As presented in FIG.
  • the display area for team b in the description information 2420 may be determined as display area 2422, and the content matching the area is “team b...” That is, the display area may be matched by truncating a certain length of the team logo of team b.
  • the display area 2422 is determined based on one or more of the interface size of the conversation interface 2230, the number of teams in a group of teams, and the length of the team identification of team B. The same size of display area or different sizes of display areas can be determined for each team.
  • the portion of the team logo length that exceeds the interface size is divided equally among the teams for reduction. That is, if the logo lengths of team a, team b, team c, and team d are 4, 5, 6, and 4 characters respectively, and the interface size is 15 characters long, the display areas allocated to team a, team b, team c, and team d are 3, 4, 5, and 3 characters long respectively.
  • the description information can be adjusted by first truncating the length of the team logo. If the description information of each team still cannot be presented by adjusting the description information, the number of teams presented can be reduced. As shown in Figure 22C, if a group of teams includes, for example, 10 teams, the description information of all teams cannot be presented with the smallest display area 2432. In this case, a threshold number can be determined according to the interface size and the minimum display area, and a team with a threshold number can be selected from a group of teams.
  • the description information 2430 includes the team logos of the teams of the threshold number, each of which is truncated with the minimum display area.
  • the minimum display area can be a character or an area including a character and an ellipsis as shown in Figure 22C.
  • the content in the information flow interface 2220 can be changed by performing a preset operation (also referred to as a third preset operation) on the description information displayed in the conversation interface 2230. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, if the conversation interface 2230 is entered from the team portal, the content in the information flow interface 2220 can also be changed by performing a preset operation on the description information that is not currently highlighted in the description information displayed in the conversation interface 2230.
  • FIG23 shows an example of changing the information flow interface 2220 in the example interface 2500 according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interface 300B will be changed to the interface 2500.
  • a list of conversations associated with team c and visible to the current user i.e., a group list 2510, will be presented in the information flow interface 2220.
  • the conversations visible to the current user include the conversations that the current user has joined, and the public groups in the team that the current user has not joined.
  • the selected third description information 2502 will be highlighted, such as bolded or highlighted in other ways.
  • relevant information of team c such as relevant information of the session associated with team c, may also be displayed.
  • interface 2500 if a preset operation for describing other teams is received, The content presented in the information flow interface 2220 will be switched again by performing the operation. For example, if the description information corresponding to team B in the description information 2330 is selected in the interface 2500, a list of groups associated with team B and visible to the user will be presented in the information flow interface 2220. In addition, the third description information of team C will no longer be highlighted, but the description information of team B will be highlighted.
  • the description information corresponding to team b in the description information 2310 is selected in the interface 300A, a list of groups associated with team b and visible to the user will be presented in the information flow interface 2220.
  • the third description information of team a in the description information 2310 will no longer be highlighted, but the description information of team b will be highlighted.
  • the user can know which team is the currently selected team.
  • the conversations of various groups associated with the current team and visible to the user can be selected through the information flow interface. For example, by selecting "Group 7" in the group list 2510, the conversation content in the conversation interface 2230 can be switched to the conversation content of Group 7.
  • users can learn about the teams associated with the group through the group conversation interface.
  • users can switch conversation lists and thus switch teams or conversations by performing preset operations on team description information.
  • This operation method is simple and easy to operate, and is convenient for users to use. In this way, the user experience can be improved.
  • FIG24 shows a flow chart of a process 2600 for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the process 2600 may be implemented at the terminal device 2110.
  • the process 2600 will be described with reference to the environment 2100 of FIG19. It should be understood that the process 2600 may include additional actions not shown and/or may omit the actions shown, and the scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • the terminal device 2110 detects a trigger operation of the current user with respect to the first group.
  • the terminal device 2110 determines whether a trigger operation of the current user with respect to the first group is received.
  • the terminal device 2110 may continue to periodically or otherwise determine whether a trigger operation on the first group of the current user has been received at block 2620. If the terminal device 2110 detects other indications, corresponding operations may be performed according to the other indications.
  • the terminal device 2110 determines at box 2620 that a trigger operation on the first group of the current user is received, then at box 2630, the terminal device 2110 presents a conversation interface of the first group, such as the conversation interface 2230 in Figures 21A to 21D and Figure 23.
  • the terminal device 2110 displays descriptive information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in the conversation interface 2230.
  • the first group is associated with each object set in a set of object sets.
  • the current user is associated with each object set in a set of object sets.
  • a set of object sets includes one or more object sets. In some embodiments, an object set in a set of object sets has a non-empty member set.
  • the terminal device 2110 if the terminal device 2110 receives a first preset operation that triggers a first group associated with a first object set in a group of object sets at box 2610, the terminal device 2110 presents a session interface of the first group at box 2630 and highlights first description information of the first object set in the session interface at box 2640.
  • the terminal device 2110 if the terminal device 2110 receives a second preset operation for triggering the first group at box 2610 that is not associated with each object set in a set of object sets, the terminal device 2110 presents a conversation interface for the first group at box 2630 and does not highlight the description information of any object set in a set of object sets in the conversation interface at box 2640.
  • the terminal device 2110 displays description information associated with the threshold number of object sets in a set of object sets. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, if the number of object sets in a set of object sets is less than or equal to the threshold number, the terminal device displays description information associated with each object set in a set of object sets.
  • the threshold number is determined based on the interface size of the conversation interface.
  • the terminal device 2110 determines a display area in the session interface corresponding to the second object set, and presents content matching the area size of the display area as second descriptive information associated with the second object set.
  • the terminal device 2110 may determine the second object set in the conversation interface based on at least one of the following: Corresponding display area: the interface size of the conversation interface, the number of sets of at least one object set, the length of the set identifier of the second object set, and so on.
  • the terminal device 2110 displays the description information associated with the at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group at a predetermined position of the conversation interface.
  • the terminal device 2110 may display the description information associated with the at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group by presenting an association symbol between the identification information of the first group and the description information associated with the at least one object set.
  • the terminal device 2110 highlights fifth description information associated with a fifth object set in the at least one object set.
  • the fifth object set is an object set that the current user is particularly interested in.
  • the object set in a group of object sets is a team or a group.
  • the terminal device 2110 can open the object set list of the object set to which the current user belongs by triggering the object set entrance.
  • the terminal device 2110 can open the group list associated with the object set and open to the current user by triggering an object set in the object set list.
  • the terminal device 2110 further displays additional information in the conversation interface.
  • the additional information indicates the number of object sets in a set of object sets.
  • the terminal device 2110 may also receive a third preset operation associated with the additional information. If the terminal device receives the third preset operation, the terminal device 2110 presents description information about all object sets in a set of object sets.
  • At least one object set includes a third object set
  • the terminal device 2110 may also receive a fourth preset operation for third description information of the third object set. If the fourth preset operation is received, the terminal device 2110 may present relevant information of the third object set.
  • the relevant information of the third object set includes group information of at least one group associated with the third object set. In some embodiments, the terminal device 2110 may highlight the third description information in the conversation interface.
  • the terminal device 2110 may cancel the presentation of the fourth description information associated with the fourth object set in the session interface.
  • FIG. 25 shows a schematic structural block diagram of an apparatus 2700 for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the apparatus 2700 may be implemented as or included in a terminal device 2110.
  • Each module/component in the apparatus 2700 may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the device 2700 includes a session interface presentation module 2710, which is configured to present a session interface of the first group in response to receiving a trigger operation of the current user on the first group.
  • the device 2700 also includes a description information display module 2720, which is configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in the session interface.
  • the first group is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • the current user is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • the set of object sets includes one or more object sets. In some embodiments, the object set in the set of object sets has a non-empty member set.
  • the session interface presentation module 2710 is configured to present the session interface of the first group if a first preset operation triggering the first group associated with a first object set in a group of object sets is received, and the description information display module 2720 is configured to highlight the first description information of the first object set in the session interface.
  • the session interface presentation module 2710 is configured to present the session interface of the first group if a second preset operation that triggers the first group that is not associated with each object set in a group of object sets is received, and the description information display module 2720 is configured to not highlight the description information of any object set in a group of object sets in the session interface.
  • the description information display module 2720 includes a first display module configured to display description information associated with the threshold number of object sets in a set of object sets if it is determined that the number of object sets in a set of object sets is greater than a threshold number. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, the description information display module 2720 includes a second display module configured to display description information associated with each object set in a set of object sets if the number of object sets in a set of object sets is less than or equal to the threshold number. In some embodiments, the threshold number is determined based on the interface size of the conversation interface.
  • the description information display module 2720 includes a third display module, which is configured to determine, for a second object set in at least one object set, a display area in the conversation interface corresponding to the second object set, and present content matching the area size of the display area as second description information associated with the second object set.
  • the device 2700 also includes a display area determination module, which is configured to determine a display area in the session interface corresponding to the second object set based on at least one of the following: an interface size of the session interface, the number of sets of at least one object set, the length of the set identifier of the second object set, and the like.
  • the description information display module 2720 includes a fourth display module configured to display the description information associated with at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group at a predetermined position of the conversation interface.
  • the fourth display module may be configured to display the description information associated with at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group by presenting an association symbol between the identification information of the first group and the description information associated with the at least one object set.
  • the description information display module 2720 includes a fifth display module configured to highlight fifth description information associated with a fifth object set in the at least one object set.
  • the fifth object set is an object set that the current user is particularly interested in.
  • the object set in a group of object sets is a team or a group.
  • the device 2700 may also include an object set entry triggering module, which is configured to open an object set list of the object set to which the current user belongs by triggering the object set entry.
  • the device 2700 may also include a group list opening module, which is configured to open a group list associated with the object set and open to the current user by triggering an object set in the object set list.
  • the device 2700 further includes an additional information display module configured to display additional information in the conversation interface.
  • the additional information indicates the number of object sets in a set of object sets.
  • the device 2700 further includes a third preset operation receiving module configured to receive a third preset operation associated with the additional information.
  • the device 2700 further includes a second description information presentation module configured to present description information about all object sets in a set of object sets if the third preset operation is received.
  • At least one object set includes a third object set.
  • the device 2700 also includes a third preset operation receiving module, which is configured to receive a fourth preset operation for third descriptive information of the third object set.
  • the device 2700 also includes a related information presenting module, which is configured to present related information of the third object set if the fourth preset operation is received.
  • the related information of the third object set includes group information of at least one group associated with the third object set.
  • the device 2700 also includes a highlight presentation module, which is configured to highlight the third descriptive information in the conversation interface.
  • the apparatus 2700 further includes a display cancellation module configured to cancel presentation of fourth description information associated with a fourth object set in the conversation interface if the current user exits a fourth object set in the at least one object set.
  • the interface 800A may be an interface provided by the application 2120.
  • the interface 800A includes a group list interface 2810, an information flow interface 2820, and a conversation interface 2830.
  • the group list interface 2810 in the interface 800A includes a list of various example object sets.
  • the object set can be one or more of the groups in the instant messaging or collaborative office software.
  • the group list interface 2810 of the interface 800A may include various example object sets, including but not limited to groups in the appropriate instant messaging or collaborative office software such as teams, tags, tags, do not disturb, single chat, group chat, topics, topic groups, etc. Teams can refer to team groups.
  • Single chat can refer to single chat groups, and so on. It should be understood that in some embodiments, more or fewer object set categories can be included in the group list interface 2810. The scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • the information flow interface 2820 may present a collection of conversations or other objects corresponding to the currently selected group.
  • each object presented in the information flow interface 2820 shown in FIG. 26A is a conversation (single chat or group chat).
  • the object interface is the interface of the first object, also referred to as the first object interface.
  • the first object is a conversation (single chat or group chat), and the object interface is specifically a conversation interface 2830.
  • the first object may be any one of a message, a conversation (single chat or group chat), a task, a document, a calendar, an audio and video conference, or other appropriate objects.
  • the object interface i.e., the interface of the first object
  • the conversation interface 2830 can be entered by selecting a message 2812 in the group list interface 2810 and selecting a group 2824 (ie, group 10) in the group list 2822 in the information stream interface 2820.
  • the manner of entering the conversation interface 2830 is merely exemplary and not restrictive.
  • the conversation interface 2830 may be entered by selecting other object sets in the group list interface 2810 and selecting a corresponding group or conversation in the information flow interface 2820.
  • the conversation interface 2830 is an interface in which the first object is a "conversation" (i.e., group 10).
  • the first object may also be other objects.
  • description information associated with at least one object set in a group of object sets is displayed.
  • the object set may be any of the object sets listed above or any other appropriate object sets.
  • the description information of the object set of "label" is displayed in the conversation interface 2830 as an example.
  • description information 2840 associated with at least one tag in a set of tags is presented in the conversation interface 2830.
  • a set of tags includes one or more tags.
  • the first object (group 10) is associated with each tag in the set of tags. In other words, each tag in the set of tags is added to the first object (group 10).
  • the display form of the description information 2840 is similar to the description information 2310 in FIG. 21A.
  • the description information 2840 may be presented in a manner similar to the presentation of the description information of various teams in FIG. 22A to FIG. 22C.
  • the description information 2840 may also be presented in the form of an object set identifier and additional number information similar to FIG. 21C. The presentation forms of these description information are not described again here.
  • description information of associated tags may be presented in interfaces of various first objects such as messages, tasks, documents, calendars, and audio and video conference interfaces. These different interfaces may have the same or different layouts.
  • the group list interface and information flow interface (or other object list interface in other examples) for different interfaces may also be the same or different. The scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • FIG. 26A uses the tag object set as an example to describe several examples of presenting description information of an associated object set in the conversation interface, in some embodiments, the object set may also be any other appropriate object set, such as a team. The scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • the relevant information of the first tag is displayed.
  • the example interface 800B in Figure 26B shows such an example.
  • the description information 2842 corresponding to "Tag 1" in the description information 2840 is selected, and the relevant information of Tag 1 can be presented in the information flow interface 2820.
  • the relevant information of Tag 1 may include a conversation list or a group list 2826 associated with Tag 1. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, if the description information 2842 is selected, the description information 2842 will be highlighted, as shown in Figure 26B.
  • the information presented in the information flow interface 2820 will be switched to relevant information of the other selected descriptive information.
  • the relevant information of label 1 includes the relevant information of the second object.
  • the second object can be filtered using the filtering condition corresponding to the object set category of label.
  • the filtering condition corresponding to the label can be the second object to which the label is added.
  • the relevant information of label 1 can be the message and/or conversation visible to the current user to which "label 1" is added.
  • the relevant information of the second object obtained by filtering is displayed in the information flow interface 2820. That is, the object identifier or name of each second object can be displayed.
  • different object sets correspond to different filtering conditions for filtering the second object.
  • the filtering condition may be a session associated with the team and visible to the current user, or in addition to the session, it may also include documents, calendars, tasks, audio and video conferences, etc. associated with the team.
  • the filtering condition may be filtering out single chat sessions containing the current user, etc.
  • the filtering condition may be filtering out sessions set to do not disturb, etc.
  • the filtering condition may be filtering out topics in which the current user participates.
  • the filtering conditions for various object sets may be pre-set by the system or set by the user. The embodiments of the present disclosure may adopt any appropriate filtering conditions.
  • the description information of any type of associated object set can be presented in the interface of any first object.
  • the relevant information of the object set corresponding to the selected description information can be further presented. In this way, it can be more convenient for users to view and operate.
  • This flexible interaction solution can better meet the user's collaborative work needs, improve collaborative work efficiency, and thus improve user experience.
  • an exit option (not shown) may be provided for each interface.
  • the exit option may be located at a predetermined position on the interface. If it is detected that the user clicks or selects the exit option, the user may exit from the current interface.
  • the exit option may also be set in each sub-interface in the interface to close one of the sub-interfaces. For example, the information flow interface 2820 or other sub-interfaces in the interface 800A may be closed.
  • each of the above interfaces may also provide more controls or functions. These controls or functions may be hidden, and the hidden controls or functions may be expanded by a predetermined operation (e.g., clicking) at a certain position in the interface. It should be understood that the controls or functions shown here are only examples, and controls of different numbers and/or functions may be provided in the interface, and the scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • FIG27 shows a flow chart of a process 2900 for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the process 2900 may be implemented at the terminal device 2110.
  • the process 2900 will be described with reference to the environment 2100 of FIG19. It should be understood that the process 2900 may include additional actions not shown and/or may omit the actions shown, and the scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • terminal device 2110 displays descriptive information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in the interface of the first object.
  • the first object is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • a set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • the interface of the first object can be, for example, the conversation interface 2830 in Figures 26A and 26B.
  • the terminal device 2110 detects a trigger for an operation on first description information of a first object set in at least one object set.
  • the terminal device 2110 determines whether a trigger for an operation on first description information of a first object set in at least one object set is detected.
  • the terminal device 2110 may continue to periodically or otherwise determine whether the output is received at block 2930. If the terminal device 2110 detects other indications, corresponding operations may be performed according to the other indications.
  • the terminal device 2110 determines at box 2930 that a trigger for an operation of first description information of a first object set in at least one object set is received, at box 2940 , the terminal device 2110 displays relevant information of the first object set.
  • each object set in a group of object sets corresponds to a different filtering condition.
  • the filtering condition is used to filter the second object.
  • the terminal device 2110 filters the second object using the first filtering condition corresponding to the first object set, and displays the relevant information of the second object obtained by filtering at box 2940.
  • the first object is a conversation
  • the second object includes a message and/or a conversation.
  • the first object is one of a message, a conversation, a task, a document, a calendar, and an audio/video conference.
  • the second object includes one or more of a message, a conversation, a task, a document, a calendar, and an audio/video conference.
  • a set of object collections includes one or more of the following groups: team, label, tag, do not disturb, single chat, group chat, topic, topic group.
  • FIG. 28 shows a schematic structural block diagram of an apparatus 1000 for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be implemented as or included in a terminal device 2110.
  • Each module/component in the apparatus 1000 may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the device 1000 includes a description information presentation module 1010, which is configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in an interface of a first object.
  • the first object is associated with each object set in a set of object sets.
  • a set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • the apparatus 1000 further includes a related information display module 1020 configured to display related information of the first object set in response to triggering an operation on first description information of a first object set in at least one object set on an interface of the first object.
  • a related information display module 1020 configured to display related information of the first object set in response to triggering an operation on first description information of a first object set in at least one object set on an interface of the first object.
  • the description information presenting module 1010 is further configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a set of object sets in the interface of the first object.
  • the first object is associated with each object set in the set of object sets.
  • the set of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • each object set in a group of object sets corresponds to a different filtering condition.
  • the filtering condition is used to filter the second object.
  • the apparatus 1000 further includes a screening module configured to screen the second objects using a first screening condition corresponding to the first object set.
  • the related information display module 1020 may be further configured to display the related information of the second objects obtained by screening.
  • the first object is a conversation
  • the second object includes a message and/or a conversation.
  • the first object is one of a message, a conversation, a task, a document, a calendar, and an audio/video conference.
  • the second object includes one or more of a message, a conversation, a task, a document, a calendar, and an audio/video conference.
  • a set of object collections includes one or more of the following groups: team, label, tag, do not disturb, single chat, group chat, topic, topic group.
  • FIG29 shows an example interface 3200 of an example application 2120 according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the interface 3200 can be any interface of the application 2120.
  • the interface 3200 includes a group list interface 3210, a conversation list interface 3220, and a conversation interface 3230.
  • identification information of multiple groups is presented in the group list interface 3210, for example, identification information of the message group 3211 and the team group 3212.
  • the group list interface 3210 may also present identification information of other groups such as external, tag, single chat, etc. (not shown).
  • the identification information of each group may be the name, icon, or any combination thereof of the group.
  • the group may be selected by performing a preset operation on the identification information of a certain group. For example, the identification information of the team group 3212 may be clicked, touched, or other preset operations may be performed to select the team group 3212.
  • identification information of multiple teams such as team a, team b, team c, and team d may be displayed under team group 3212. It should be understood that although the identification information of each team in team group 3212 in FIG. 29 is expanded and displayed, in some embodiments, the identification information of these teams may be hidden. For example, the identification information of each team in team group 3212 may be selected to be hidden or expanded by a preset operation (such as double-clicking, pressing, etc.) on team group 3212.
  • a list of conversations associated with the group is displayed in conversation list interface 3220.
  • a group e.g., message group 3211, team group 3212
  • a list of conversations associated with the group is displayed in conversation list interface 3220.
  • team X which may be any one of team a, team b, team c, and team d
  • the identifiers of each conversation associated with team X will be presented in conversation list interface 3220.
  • the conversation may be selected by performing a preset operation (clicking, touching, etc.) on the identifier of a conversation.
  • each session associated with team X may be a group chat or a single chat.
  • the identifier of the session may be an identifier of the group of the group chat, such as a group name.
  • the list of sessions associated with team X may be presented as group 1, group 2, group 3, group 4, and group 5.
  • the conversation content of the conversation is presented in the conversation interface 3230. For example, if it is detected that the user 2140 clicks “Group 1” in the conversation list interface 3220, the chat content between the users in Group 1 will be presented in the conversation interface 3230.
  • interface 3200 described above and the various interfaces in other figures described below are merely example interfaces, and various interface designs may actually exist.
  • the various graphical elements in the interface may have different arrangements and different visual representations, one or more of which may be omitted or replaced, and one or more other elements may also exist.
  • the scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect.
  • an interactive solution in response to a trigger operation associated with a group triggered by a current user, an interface of the group is presented. Descriptive information associated with a set of object collections is displayed in the interface. The group is associated with each object set in the set of object sets. If it is determined that the current user has the first permission, a control is displayed in the interface. The control is used to configure the association relationship between the group and the object set in the set of object sets.
  • the solution enables the user to understand the object set (e.g., team, or total group) to which the group is associated, and can control the configuration of the association relationship between the two according to the user's permissions.
  • FIG. 30 Some example embodiments of the present disclosure will be described below with reference to Figures 30 to 32B.
  • a team is used as an example of an object collection for description, but this is only exemplary and is not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the object collection may also be of other types, for example, the object collection may also be a group chat.
  • the terminal device 2110 presents the interface of the group, also referred to as the first interface.
  • the current user may belong to the group.
  • the current user may not belong to the group.
  • the group is associated with a team and is open to the team (i.e., the group is visible to all team members of the team), and the current user belongs to the team, i.e., the current user is a team member of the team.
  • the group is visible to the current user, and the interface of the group may also be displayed to the current user.
  • the trigger operation may be for another interface associated with the group.
  • the terminal device 2110 presents an interface 3330 associated with group 1, which is a session display interface in this example.
  • the current user clicks or selects a control 3331 in the interface 3330.
  • the terminal device 2110 further presents a "settings" option 3332 about group 1 below the control 3331.
  • the current user then clicks the "settings" option 3332.
  • the terminal device 2110 presents a first interface, as described below.
  • any suitable trigger operation associated with a group may be used. For example, clicking on a group logo may also be considered a trigger operation.
  • the terminal device 2110 displays the descriptive information associated with the team to which the group is associated in the first interface.
  • the descriptive information may include graphic information that can describe various aspects of the team.
  • the descriptive information may be a text identifier associated with the team, such as the team's name, number, label, user's notes on the team, etc.
  • the descriptive information may include an image identifier associated with the team, such as an icon of the team.
  • the descriptive information may indicate whether the group is visible to the team.
  • interface 440-1 shown in Figure 31A is presented in response to a trigger operation associated with group 1 triggered by user a.
  • Interface 440-1 can be regarded as an example of a first interface.
  • interface 440-1 is a group setting interface for group 1.
  • descriptive information 3401, 3402, 3403 and 3404 associated with team a, team b, team c and team d are displayed, wherein group 1 is associated with team a, team b, team c and team d, respectively.
  • the descriptive information 3401 associated with team a includes an icon of team a, a name of team a, and an indication of group 1's disclosure to team a.
  • the descriptive information 3401 associated with team b includes an icon of team b and a name of team b.
  • the terminal device 2110 determines whether to display a control for configuring the association relationship between the group and the team in the first interface according to the authority of the current user (also referred to as the first authority). If the current user has the authority related to the group and/or team, then one or more corresponding controls can be displayed in the first interface. If the current user does not have any authority, then the control for configuring the association relationship between the group and the team is not displayed in the first interface.
  • the authority of the current user also referred to as the first authority.
  • the association relationship between a group and a team may include whether the group is associated with the team. For example, the association between the group and the team may be disassociated. Alternatively or additionally, the association relationship between the group and the team may include whether the group is public to the team. If the group is public to the team, the group may be configured to be unpublished to the team, and if the group is not public to the team, the group may be configured to be public to the team.
  • the control is configured accordingly according to the trigger operation.
  • the group can be set to be public to the team corresponding to the trigger operation.
  • the group can be unpublished to the team corresponding to the trigger operation.
  • the association between the group and the team corresponding to the trigger operation can be disassociated.
  • controls may be displayed for each team.
  • user A in this example has permissions associated with group 1.
  • user a may be the group owner or group administrator of group 1.
  • controls 3411, 3412, 3413, and 3414 are displayed for team a, team b, team c, and team d, respectively.
  • control 3411 displayed for team a is used to configure the association relationship between group 1 and team a.
  • Interface 440-2 shown in Figure 31B is presented in response to a trigger operation associated with group 1 triggered by user b.
  • Interface 440-2 can be considered as another example of the first interface.
  • User b in this example has permissions associated with team a and team d.
  • user b can be the team owner or team administrator of team a and team d.
  • controls 3421 and 3422 are displayed for team a and team d, respectively, in interface 440-2.
  • control 3422 displayed for team d is used to configure the association relationship between group 1 and team d.
  • the control is not displayed in the first interface.
  • Interface 440-3 shown in Figure 31C is presented in response to a trigger operation associated with group 1 triggered by user c.
  • Interface 440-3 can be regarded as another example of the first interface.
  • User c in this example does not have permissions associated with group 1, nor does he have permissions associated with team a, team b, team c, and team d. Accordingly, no controls are displayed in interface 440-3.
  • the terminal device 2110 may display the description information associated with all teams associated with the group in the first interface. That is, even if the current user does not belong to a team, the terminal device 2110 may display the description information associated with the team in the first interface.
  • the first description information associated with the first team and the second description information associated with the second team are displayed in different styles. In this way, the team to which the user belongs and the team to which the user does not belong can be distinguished in a striking manner.
  • the display style of the second description information may be more prominent than the display style of the first description information.
  • the area occupied by the second description information may be larger than the area occupied by the first description information.
  • the second description information may have a more conspicuous color than the first description information.
  • the text in the second description information may be bolder than the text in the first description information.
  • the display style of the first description information may be more prominent than the display style of the second description information.
  • the second description information may have the same background color as the first interface, while the first description information may have a different background color from the first interface.
  • Interface 540-1 shown in Figure 32A is presented in response to a trigger operation associated with group 1 triggered by user d.
  • Interface 540-1 can be regarded as another example of the first interface.
  • user d belongs to team a, team c, and team d, but not to team b.
  • Descriptive information 3501 associated with team a, descriptive information 3502 associated with team b, descriptive information 3503 associated with team c, and descriptive information 3504 associated with team d are displayed in interface 540-1.
  • the display style of descriptive information 3502 is different from the display style of descriptive information 3501, 3503, and 3504.
  • the fonts of descriptive information 3501, 3503, and 3504 are thicker than the font of descriptive information 3502. It should be understood that this is merely exemplary, and any different display styles can be used to distinguish between teams to which a user belongs and teams to which the user does not belong.
  • the terminal device 2110 may continue to display the second descriptive information associated with the second team in the first interface.
  • the style of the second descriptive information is modified to be the same as the first descriptive information.
  • FIG. 32B The interface 540-2 shown in Figure 32B is presented in response to a trigger operation associated with group 1 triggered by user d.
  • Interface 540-2 can be regarded as another example of the first interface.
  • user d exits team c to which he originally belonged, without exiting team a and team d.
  • descriptive information 3503 associated with team c is still displayed in interface 540-2.
  • the display style of descriptive information 3503 is modified to be the same as the display style of descriptive information 3502, and is different from the display styles of descriptive information 3501 and descriptive information 3502.
  • a team is used as an example of an object set.
  • the object set may also include a group, such as a total group. It should be understood that the various aspects described above about a team are also applicable to a group.
  • FIG. 32C and FIG. 32D show an example in which the object set includes a group.
  • Interface 540-3 in FIG. 32C can be regarded as an example of the first interface.
  • interface 540-3 is a group setting interface of group 2.
  • description information 3531 , 3532 , and 3533 associated with team a, team b, and group chat 5 are displayed, wherein group 2 is associated with team a, team b, and group 5, respectively.
  • Interface 540-4 in Figure 32D can be considered as an example of the first interface.
  • interface 540-4 is a group setting interface of group 3.
  • description information 3541, 3542, and 3543 associated with group chat 6, group chat 7, and group chat 8 are displayed, wherein group 3 is associated with group chat 6, group chat 7, and group chat 8, respectively.
  • FIG 33 shows a flowchart of a process 3600 for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the process 3600 may be implemented at the terminal device 2110.
  • the terminal device 2110 presents a first interface of the group in response to a first trigger operation associated with the group triggered by the current user.
  • the terminal device 2110 may present a second interface associated with the group. In response to a first trigger operation triggered by the current user for the second interface, the terminal device 2110 presents the first interface.
  • the first interface is a group settings interface for the group.
  • the terminal device 2110 displays description information associated with a set of object collections in the first interface.
  • a group is associated with each object collection in the set of object collections.
  • the set of object collections includes a first set of objects to which the current user does not belong.
  • the set of object collections also includes a second object collection to which the current user belongs, and the first description information associated with the first object collection and the second description information associated with the second object collection are displayed in different styles in the first interface.
  • a group of object sets includes a second object set to which the current user belongs.
  • the terminal device 2110 may continue to display the second description information associated with the second object set on the first interface.
  • the terminal device 2110 can modify the style of the second description information associated with the second object set to be the same as the style of the first description information, wherein the first description information is description information associated with a first object set in a group of object sets to which the current user does not belong.
  • the group of object sets includes a third object set
  • third description information associated with the third object set indicates whether the group is public to the third object set.
  • the description information associated with a set of object collections includes: a text identifier associated with a set of object collections; and/or an image identifier associated with a set of object collections.
  • the terminal device 2110 displays a control in the first interface.
  • the control is used to configure an association relationship between a group and an object set in a group of object sets.
  • the first permission includes a second permission associated with the group, and the control is presented for each object collection in a set of object collections.
  • the first permissions include a third permission associated with a fourth set of objects in the set of objects, and the control is directed to the fourth set of objects.
  • control is used to configure the following association relationship between the group and the corresponding object set: whether the group is associated with the corresponding object set; and/or whether the group is public to the corresponding object set.
  • the terminal device 2110 may abandon displaying the control.
  • the terminal device 2110 may, in response to the second trigger operation on the control, set the group to be public to the object set corresponding to the second trigger operation. Alternatively or additionally, the terminal device 2110 may, in response to the third trigger operation on the control, cancel the group from being public to the object set corresponding to the third trigger operation. Alternatively or additionally, the terminal device 2110 may, in response to the fourth trigger operation on the control, release the association between the group and the object set corresponding to the fourth trigger operation.
  • a set of objects and collections includes teams and/or groups.
  • FIG. 34 shows a schematic structural block diagram of an apparatus 3700 for interaction according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the apparatus 3700 may be implemented as or included in the terminal device 2110.
  • Each module/component in the apparatus 3700 may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the device 3700 includes a first interface presentation module 3710, which is configured to respond to the current user trigger related The first trigger operation associated with the group presents a first interface of the group.
  • the device 3700 also includes a description information display module 3720, which is configured to display description information associated with a group of object sets in the first interface, wherein the group is associated with each object set in the group of object sets.
  • the device 3700 also includes a control display module 3730, which is configured to display a control in the first interface in response to determining that the current user has the first permission, and the control is used to configure the association relationship between the group and the object set in the group of object sets.
  • the first interface presentation module 3710 is further configured to: present a second interface associated with the group; and present the first interface in response to a first trigger operation triggered by the current user on the second interface.
  • the first interface is a group settings interface for the group.
  • the set of object collections includes a first set of objects to which the current user does not belong.
  • the set of object collections also includes a second object collection to which the current user belongs, and the first description information associated with the first object collection and the second description information associated with the second object collection are displayed in different styles in the first interface.
  • the group of object collections includes a second object collection to which the current user belongs
  • the description information display module 3720 is further configured to continue to display second description information associated with the second object collection on the first interface in response to determining that the current user no longer belongs to the second object collection.
  • the device 3700 also includes a style modification module configured to modify the style of the second description information to be the same as the style of the first description, wherein the first description information is description information associated with a first object set in the group of object sets to which the current user does not belong.
  • the group of object sets includes a third object set
  • third description information associated with the third object set indicates whether the group is public to the third object set.
  • the first permission includes a second permission associated with the group, and the control is presented for each object collection in a set of object collections.
  • the first permissions include a third permission associated with a fourth set of objects in the set of objects, and the control is displayed for the fourth set of objects.
  • control is used to configure the following association relationship indication between the group and the corresponding object set: whether the group is associated with the corresponding object set; and/or whether the group is public to the corresponding object set.
  • the description information associated with a set of object collections includes: a text identifier associated with a set of object collections; and/or an image identifier associated with a set of object collections.
  • control display module 3730 is further configured to: in response to determining that the current user does not have the first permission, abandon displaying the control.
  • a set of objects and collections includes teams and/or groups.
  • FIG35 shows a block diagram of an electronic device/server 1100 in which one or more embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented. It should be understood that the electronic device/server 1100 shown in FIG35 is merely exemplary and should not constitute any limitation on the functionality and scope of the embodiments described herein. The electronic device/server 1100 shown in FIG35 may be used to implement the terminal device 2110 of FIG19 .
  • the electronic device/server 1100 is in the form of a general electronic device/server.
  • the components of the electronic device/server 1100 may include, but are not limited to, one or more processors or processing units 1110, a memory 1120, a storage device 1130, one or more communication units 1140, one or more input devices 1150, and one or more output devices 1160.
  • the processing unit 1110 may be an actual or virtual processor and can perform various processes according to the program stored in the memory 1120. In a multi-processor system, multiple processing units execute computer executable instructions in parallel to improve the parallel processing capability of the electronic device/server 1100.
  • the electronic device/server 1100 typically includes a plurality of computer storage media. Such media can be any available media accessible to the electronic device/server 1100, including but not limited to volatile and non-volatile media, removable and non-removable media.
  • the memory 1120 can be a volatile memory (e.g., register, cache, random access memory (RAM)), a non-volatile memory (e.g., a read-only memory (ROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), flash memory) or some combination thereof.
  • the storage device 1130 can be a removable or non-removable medium, and can include a machine-readable medium, such as a flash drive, a disk, or any other medium, which can be used to store information and/or data (e.g., training data for training) and can be accessed within the electronic device/server 1100.
  • a machine-readable medium such as a flash drive, a disk, or any other medium, which can be used to store information and/or data (e.g., training data for training) and can be accessed within the electronic device/server 1100.
  • the electronic device/server 1100 may further include additional removable/non-removable, volatile/non-volatile storage media.
  • a disk drive for reading or writing from a removable, non-volatile disk e.g., a "floppy disk”
  • an optical drive for reading or writing from a removable, non-volatile optical disk may be provided.
  • each drive may be connected to a bus (not shown) by one or more data medium interfaces.
  • the memory 1120 may include a computer program product 1125 having one or more program modules that are configured to perform various methods or actions of various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the communication unit 1140 implements communication with other electronic devices/servers via a communication medium. Additionally, the functions of the components of the electronic device/server 1100 can be implemented with a single computing cluster or multiple computing machines that can communicate via a communication connection. Therefore, the electronic device/server 1100 can operate in a networked environment using a logical connection with one or more other servers, a network personal computer (PC), or another network node.
  • PC network personal computer
  • the input device 1150 may be one or more input devices, such as a mouse, a keyboard, a tracking ball, etc.
  • the output device 1160 may be one or more output devices, such as a display, a speaker, a printer, etc.
  • the electronic device/server 1100 may also communicate with one or more external devices (not shown in the figure) through the communication unit 1140 as needed, such as a storage device, a display device, etc., communicate with one or more devices that allow a user to interact with the electronic device/server 1100, or communicate with any device (e.g., a network card, a modem, etc.) that allows the electronic device/server 1100 to communicate with one or more other electronic devices/servers. Such communication may be performed via an input/output (I/O) interface (not shown in the figure).
  • I/O input/output
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which computer-executable instructions are stored, wherein the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor to implement the method described above.
  • a computer program product is also provided, which is tangibly stored on a non-transitory computer-readable medium and includes computer-executable instructions, and the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor to implement the method described above.
  • These computer-readable program instructions can be provided to a processing unit of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, or other programmable data processing device, thereby producing a machine, so that when these instructions are executed by the processing unit of the computer or other programmable data processing device, a device that implements the functions/actions specified in one or more boxes in the flowchart and/or block diagram is generated.
  • These computer-readable program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and these instructions cause the computer, programmable data processing device, and/or other equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the computer-readable medium storing the instructions includes a manufactured product, which includes instructions for implementing various aspects of the functions/actions specified in one or more boxes in the flowchart and/or block diagram.
  • Computer-readable program instructions can be loaded onto a computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other device so that a series of operating steps are performed on the computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other device to produce a computer-implemented process, so that the instructions executed on the computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other device implement the functions/actions specified in one or more boxes in the flowchart and/or block diagram.
  • a computer-readable medium may be a tangible medium that may contain or store a program for use by an instruction execution system, device or equipment or used in combination with an instruction execution system, device or equipment.
  • a computer-readable medium may be a computer-readable signal medium or a computer-readable storage medium or any combination of the above two.
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to: an electrical, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, device or device, or any combination of the above.
  • Computer-readable storage media may include, but are not limited to: an electrical connection with one or more wires, a portable computer disk, a hard disk, a random access memory (RAM), a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM or flash memory), an optical fiber, a portable compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM), an optical storage device, a magnetic storage device, or any suitable combination of the above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be any tangible medium that contains or stores a program that may be used by an instruction execution system, device or device or used in combination with it.
  • a computer-readable signal medium may include a data signal propagated in a baseband or as part of a carrier wave, in which a computer-readable program code is carried.
  • the propagated data signal may take many forms, including but not limited to electromagnetic signals, optical signals or any of the above.
  • the computer readable signal medium may also be any computer readable medium other than a computer readable storage medium, which may send, propagate or transmit a program for use by or in conjunction with an instruction execution system, apparatus or device.
  • the program code contained on the computer readable medium may be transmitted using any suitable medium, including but not limited to: wires, optical cables, RF (radio frequency), etc., or any suitable combination of the above.
  • the client and server may communicate using any currently known or future developed network protocol such as HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol), and may be interconnected with any form or medium of digital data communication (e.g., a communication network).
  • HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol
  • Examples of communication networks include a local area network ("LAN”), a wide area network ("WAN”), an internet (e.g., the Internet), and a peer-to-peer network (e.g., an ad hoc peer-to-peer network), as well as any currently known or future developed network.
  • the computer-readable medium may be included in the electronic device, or may exist independently without being incorporated into the electronic device.
  • Computer program code for performing the operations of the present disclosure may be written in one or more programming languages or combinations thereof, including, but not limited to, object-oriented programming languages, such as Java, Smalltalk, C++, and conventional procedural programming languages, such as "C" language or similar programming languages.
  • the program code may be executed entirely on a user's computer, partially on a user's computer, as an independent software package, partially on a user's computer, partially on a remote computer, or entirely on a remote computer or server.
  • the remote computer may be connected to the user's computer via any type of network (including a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network (WAN)), or may be connected to an external computer (e.g., via the Internet using an Internet service provider).
  • LAN local area network
  • WAN wide area network
  • each square box in the flow chart or block diagram can represent a module, a program segment or a part of a code, and the module, the program segment or a part of the code contains one or more executable instructions for realizing the specified logical function.
  • the functions marked in the square box can also occur in a sequence different from that marked in the accompanying drawings. For example, two square boxes represented in succession can actually be executed substantially in parallel, and they can sometimes be executed in the opposite order, depending on the functions involved.
  • each square box in the block diagram and/or flow chart, and the combination of the square boxes in the block diagram and/or flow chart can be implemented with a dedicated hardware-based system that performs a specified function or operation, or can be implemented with a combination of dedicated hardware and computer instructions.
  • the units involved in the embodiments described in the present disclosure may be implemented by software or hardware, wherein the name of a unit does not, in some cases, constitute a limitation on the unit itself.
  • exemplary types of hardware logic components include: field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), application specific standard products (ASSPs), systems on chip (SOCs), complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs), and the like.
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • ASSPs application specific standard products
  • SOCs systems on chip
  • CPLDs complex programmable logic devices
  • an interaction method includes: obtaining a first change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; and in response to the first change request: establishing a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set; or releasing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintaining the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • the independent operation authority of the second object set relative to the first object set remains consistent.
  • the addition and subtraction operations of the first object set on the member objects of the first object set are all managed by the first object set
  • the addition and subtraction operations of the second object set on the member objects of the second object set are all managed by the second object set
  • the addition and subtraction operations of the first object set on the member objects of the first object set and the addition and subtraction operations of the second object set on the member objects of the second object set are independent of each other.
  • the operation authority of each member object of the second object set on the second object set remains consistent.
  • the collection type of the first object set is different from the collection type of the second object set, wherein the first object set has a non-empty set of user members; or, the collection type of the first object set is the same as the collection type of the second object set, wherein the first object set and the second object set respectively have a non-empty set of user members.
  • the first object set is a team
  • the second object set is a group
  • both the first object set and the second object set are groups.
  • the method in response to establishing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, the method further includes: granting at least one member object of the first object set access rights to the second object set through the first object set.
  • the access permission includes read-write operation permission for information interaction within the second object set, or the access permission includes read-only operation permission for information interaction within the second object set.
  • the first object set in response to establishing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, when the first object set includes a first member object among its member objects and the second object set does not include the first member object among its member objects, granting at least one member object of the first object set access to the second object set through the first object set, including: adding the first member object as a member object of the second object set.
  • At least one member object of the first object set is granted access rights to the second object set through the first object set, including: allowing the first member object to perform at least one of the following: reviewing information interaction within the second object set, performing information interaction within the second object set, reviewing member information about member objects of the second object set, or performing separate information interaction with specific member objects of the second object set.
  • making the second object set visible to at least some of the member objects of the first object set through the first object set includes: allowing at least some of the member objects of the first object set to view description information about the second object set through the first object set; or for one of the at least some of the member objects of the first object set, displaying an associated information page of the first object set to the one member object, wherein the associated information page includes description information about the second object set.
  • the first object set is allowed to have a first association relationship with one or more second object sets
  • the second object set is allowed to have a first association relationship with one or more first object sets.
  • the member objects of the first object set include user members or first control members for serving the user members, and the first control member is configured to allow user members of the first object set to interact with information through the first control member; and/or the member objects of the second object set include user members or second control members for serving the user members, and the second control member is configured to allow user members of the second object set to interact with information through the second control member.
  • dynamic information about the first object set is provided to member objects of the first object set through an information channel within the first object set; the information channel includes a first page associated with the first object set, the dynamic information is displayed in the first page, and/or the information channel includes a message notification push channel corresponding to each user member of the first object set, and the message notification push channel is configured to send a message to the member objects of the first object set.
  • the message notification push channel is configured to send a message to the member objects of the first object set.
  • the method in response to the first change request, further includes: updating the association relationship status of the first object set, and updating the association relationship status of the second object set; the association relationship status of the first object set is presented in a visual manner within the first object set, and the association relationship status of the second object set is presented in a visual manner within the second object set.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a first dissolution request to dissolve the first object, and, in response to the first dissolution request, canceling the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, dissolving the first object set, and maintaining the second object set; or, the method further includes: obtaining a second dissolution request to dissolve the second object, and, in response to the second dissolution request, canceling the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, dissolving the second object set, and maintaining the first object set.
  • the interaction method also includes: obtaining a second change request to change the association relationship between the first object set and the second object set; and in response to the second change request, changing the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to a second association relationship different from the first association relationship; when the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, the second object set has at least one subordinate operation controlled by the first object set, or at least part of the operation authority of the second object set belongs to the first object set.
  • the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship: information changes and/or information interactions within the second object set are at least partially controlled by the first object set, or at least part of the operations on the member objects of the first object set have an impact on the member objects of the second object set.
  • member objects of the first object set are consistent with member objects of the second object set.
  • the first association relationship is a reference relationship
  • the second association relationship is a subordinate relationship
  • the second object set is subordinate to the first object set
  • the interaction method also includes: obtaining a third change request for changing the association relationship between the first object set and the third object set; and in response to the third change request: establishing a second association relationship between the first object set and the third object set that is different from the first association relationship, so that the third object set has at least one subordinate operation controlled by the first object set, or at least part of the operation authority of the third object set belongs to the first object set; or releasing the second association relationship between the first object set and the third object set, and maintaining the first object set and the third object set respectively; when the first object set and the third object set no longer have the second association relationship, the third object set no longer has the subordinate operation controlled by the first object set, or the operation authority of the third object set no longer belongs to the first object set.
  • a fourth object set having an association relationship with the first object set when the association relationship between the first object set and the fourth object set is a subordinate relationship, member objects of the fourth object set are consistent with member objects of the first object set; or, when members of the first object set are allowed to include individual members and set members, and the fourth object set is a set member of the first object set, at least some of the member objects included in the fourth object set have a set-dependent member identity attribute of the first object set, and the set-dependent member identity attribute is associated with the fourth object set, wherein the set member is a member object set including at least one member object; or when members of the first object set are allowed to include individual members and set members, and at least some of the member objects included in the fourth object set are member objects of the first object set, the fourth object set is a set member of the first object set; or when member objects of the first object set include independent member objects and set-dependent member objects, at least some of the member objects in the fourth object set are set-
  • an interaction method includes: obtaining a change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; and in response to the change request: changing the first object set and the second object set; The first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed to a second association relationship, or the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set is changed to the first association relationship; when the first object set and the second object set have the first association relationship, the first object set has a first impact on the permissions of the second object set; when the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, the first object set has a second impact on the permissions of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • the first object set and the second object set when the first object set and the second object set have the first association relationship, information changes and/or information interactions within the second object set are managed by the second object set, and the first object set does not have management authority over information changes and/or information interactions within the second object set; when the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, information changes and/or information interactions within the second object set are at least partially controlled by the first object set.
  • the first object set and the second object set when the first object set and the second object set have the first association relationship, changes to member objects of the second object set are managed by the second object set, and the first object set does not have the operational authority to change member objects of the second object set; when the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, at least some operations on member objects of the first object set have an impact on member objects of the second object set.
  • the first association relationship is a reference relationship, and the second object set is referenced by the first object set; the second association relationship is a subordinate relationship, and the second object set is subordinate to the first object set.
  • an interaction device includes: a relationship change request acquisition unit, configured to acquire a first change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; a relationship change request response unit, configured to: establish a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set in response to the first change request, so that the second object set is visible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set; or, in response to the first change request, release the first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set, so that the second object set is no longer visible to the member objects of the first object set through the first object set, and maintain the first object set and the second object set respectively.
  • an interaction device includes: a relationship change request acquisition unit, configured to: acquire a change request for changing an association relationship between a first object set and a second object set; a relationship change request response unit, configured to: in response to the change request, change a first association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to a second association relationship, or change the second association relationship between the first object set and the second object set to a first association relationship; in a case where the first object set and the second object set have the first association relationship, the first object set has a first impact on the permissions of the second object set; in a case where the first object set and the second object set have the second association relationship, the first object set has a second impact on the permissions of the second object set, and the first impact is different from the second impact.
  • an interaction method includes: obtaining dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set having a non-empty set of member objects, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set having a non-empty set of member objects; and providing the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set through an information channel, the information channel being different from the at least one second object set setting.
  • the dynamic information includes one or more of the following: state change information of the first object set; member object change information of the first object set; and association state change information between the first object set and the second object set.
  • the information channel includes a first page associated with the first object set, and the dynamic information is displayed in the first page.
  • the first page includes a dynamic information display page in the information management page provided by the first object set; the information management page provided by the first object set also includes a member object information display page, and the member object information display page is used to display the identity information of the member objects of the first object set.
  • the information channel includes a message notification push channel corresponding to each member object of the first object set, and the message notification push channel of each member object of the first object set is independent of each other.
  • the message notification push channel is configured to push to the member objects of the first object set: a message notification about a state change of the first object set; a message notification about a change of a member object of the first object set; a message notification about a change of the association state between the first object set and the second object set; or a message notification about an information change of the second object set associated with the first object set.
  • providing the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set through the information channel includes one or more of the following: pushing a message notification about a state change of the first object set to at least some of the member objects of the first object set; pushing a message notification about an increase in the member objects of the first object set to at least some of the member objects of the first object set; pushing a message notification about a decrease in the member objects of the first object set to some of the member objects of the first object set; pushing a message notification about a change in the associated state of the first object set to at least some of the member objects of the first object set; pushing a message notification about an information change of the second object set to the member objects of the first object set who have access rights to the second object set; or in response to the information change of the second object set associated with the first object set being a change in the access rights provided by the second object set to at least some of the member objects of the first object set, pushing a message notification about the information change to at least some of the member objects
  • the push mode adopted by the message notification push channel is determined in response to the type of information to be pushed.
  • the message notification push channel is configured with a control module that allows information interaction with member objects of the first object set.
  • the information channel is configured as: a one-way information channel for providing the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set; or a two-way information channel for providing the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set and allowing information interaction with the member objects of the first object set in a preset manner.
  • the dynamic information is sorted in the information channel according to the response time of the dynamic operation, and the dynamic information includes the response time of the dynamic operation; or, the dynamic information is grouped and displayed in the information channel according to the information type, and the dynamic information in each group is sorted according to the response time of the dynamic operation.
  • the dynamic information includes one or more of the following: a jump link, used to enable member objects of the first object set to access a content page associated with the dynamic information through the jump link; a member object name, used to enable member objects of the first object set to access a personal information page of the corresponding member object through the member object name; a second object set name, used to enable member objects of the first object set that have access rights to the corresponding second object set to access the corresponding second object set through the second object set name.
  • the member objects of the first object set include user members or control members for serving the user members, and the control members are configured to allow the user members to perform information interaction through the control members.
  • At least some of the addition and subtraction operations of the member objects of the second object set are independent of the addition and subtraction operations of the member objects of the first object set. In response to changes in the member objects of the first object set, the member objects of the second object set do not change.
  • member objects of the first object set perform information interaction through the second object set, and information interaction within the second object set is managed by the second object set.
  • information in the second object set is visible or accessible to at least some member objects of the first object set through the first object set.
  • the first object set is a team
  • the second object set is a group
  • both the first object set and the second object set are groups.
  • an interaction device includes: a dynamic information acquisition unit, configured to acquire dynamic information about a first object set, the first object set having a non-empty set of member objects, and the first object set is associated with at least one second object set, the second object set having a non-empty set of member objects; an information channel unit, configured to provide the dynamic information to the member objects of the first object set through an information channel, the information channel being different from the at least one second object set setting.
  • an electronic device includes: a processor; a memory including one or more computer-executable instructions; the one or more computer-executable instructions are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the processor, and the one or more computer-executable instructions are used to implement the interaction method described in any embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a storage medium for storing non-transitory computer executable instructions, and when the non-transitory computer executable instructions are executed by a processor, the interaction method described in any embodiment of the present disclosure can be implemented.
  • an interaction method includes: in response to receiving a trigger operation regarding a first group from a current user, presenting a session interface of the first group; and displaying descriptive information associated with at least one object set in a group of object sets in the session interface, wherein the first group is associated with each object set in the group of object sets, and the current user is associated with each object set in the group of object sets, and the group of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • presenting a session interface for the first group includes: in response to receiving a first preset operation triggering the first group associated with a first object set in the group of object sets, presenting a session interface for the first group; and displaying descriptive information associated with the at least one object set in the session interface includes: highlighting the first descriptive information of the first object set in the session interface.
  • presenting a session interface for the first group includes: in response to receiving a second preset operation that triggers the first group and is not associated with each object set in the group of object sets, presenting a session interface for the first group; and displaying descriptive information associated with the at least one object set in the session interface includes: not highlighting the descriptive information of any object set in the group of object sets in the session interface.
  • the method further includes: displaying additional information in the conversation interface, wherein the additional information indicates the number of object sets in the group of object sets.
  • the method further includes: receiving a third preset operation associated with the additional information; and presenting description information about all object sets in the group of object sets.
  • displaying the descriptive information includes: in response to the number of object sets in the group of object sets being greater than a threshold number, displaying descriptive information associated with the threshold number of object sets in the group of object sets; or in response to the number of object sets in the group of object sets being less than or equal to the threshold number, displaying descriptive information associated with each object set in the group of object sets.
  • the threshold number is determined based on an interface size of the conversation interface.
  • displaying the descriptive information includes: for a second object set in the at least one object set: determining a display area in the conversation interface corresponding to the second object set; and presenting content matching the area size of the display area as second descriptive information associated with the second object set.
  • determining the display area includes: determining the display area in the conversation interface corresponding to the second object set based on at least one of the following: an interface size of the conversation interface, the number of sets of at least one object set, and the length of a set identifier of the second object set.
  • the at least one object set includes a third object set
  • the method further includes: receiving a fourth preset operation of third description information for the third object set; and presenting relevant information of the third object set, wherein the relevant information of the third object set includes group information of at least one group associated with the third object set.
  • the method further includes: highlighting the third description information in the conversation interface.
  • the method further includes: in response to the current user exiting a fourth object set in the at least one object set, canceling the presentation of fourth description information associated with the fourth object set in the conversation interface.
  • the session interface displays information related to the at least one object set.
  • the associated description information includes: displaying the description information associated with the at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group at a predetermined position of the conversation interface.
  • displaying the descriptive information associated with the at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group includes: displaying the descriptive information associated with the at least one object set in association with the identification information of the first group by presenting an association symbol between the identification information of the first group and the descriptive information associated with the at least one object set.
  • displaying the descriptive information associated with the at least one object set in the conversation interface includes: highlighting fifth descriptive information associated with a fifth object set in the at least one object set, the fifth object set being an object set of particular interest to the current user.
  • the object set in the group of object sets has a non-empty member set.
  • the object set is a team or a group.
  • an object collection entrance in the client interface of the current user, and the method further includes: opening an object collection list of the object collection to which the current user belongs by triggering the object collection entrance; and opening a group list associated with the object collection and open to the current user by triggering an object collection in the object collection list.
  • an interaction method includes: displaying descriptive information associated with at least one object set in a group of object sets in an interface of a first object, wherein the first object is associated with each object set in the group of object sets, and the group of object sets includes one or more object sets; and in response to triggering an operation on first descriptive information of a first object set in the at least one object set on the interface of the first object, displaying relevant information of the first object set.
  • each object set in the group of object sets corresponds to a different filtering condition, and the filtering condition is used to filter the second object; displaying the relevant information of the first object set includes: using the first filtering condition corresponding to the first object set to filter the second object, and displaying the relevant information of the second object obtained by filtering.
  • the first object is a conversation
  • the second object includes a message and/or a conversation
  • the first object is one of a message, a conversation, a task, a document, a calendar, and an audio and video conference
  • the second object includes: one or more of a message, a conversation, a task, a document, a calendar, and an audio and video conference.
  • the set of object collections includes one or more of the following groups: team, label, tag, do not disturb, single chat, group chat, topic, topic group.
  • a device for interaction includes: a session interface presentation module, configured to present a session interface of a first group in response to receiving a trigger operation regarding a first group from a current user; and a description information display module, configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a group of object sets in the session interface, wherein the first group is associated with each object set in the group of object sets, and the current user is associated with each object set in the group of object sets, and the group of object sets includes one or more object sets.
  • a device for interaction includes: a description information presentation module, configured to display description information associated with at least one object set in a group of object sets in an interface of a first object, wherein the first object is associated with each object set in the group of object sets, and the group of object sets includes one or more object sets; and a related information presentation module, configured to display related information of the first object set in response to triggering an operation on the description information of the first object set in the at least one object set on the interface of the first object.
  • an electronic device includes: at least one processing unit; and at least one memory, wherein the at least one memory is coupled to the at least one processing unit and stores instructions for execution by the at least one processing unit, and the instructions, when executed by the at least one processing unit, enable the electronic device to execute the method described in the above embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program thereon, and the computer program can be executed by a processor to implement the method according to the above embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • a method for interface interaction includes: responding to a current user-triggered A first trigger operation associated with a group presents a first interface of the group; descriptive information associated with a set of object collections is displayed in the first interface, wherein the group is associated with each object collection in the set of object collections; and in response to determining that the current user has a first permission, a control is displayed in the first interface, wherein the control is used to configure an association relationship between the group and the object collections in the set of object collections.
  • presenting the first interface of the group includes: presenting a second interface associated with the group; and presenting the first interface in response to the first trigger operation triggered by the current user on the second interface.
  • the first interface is a group setting interface for the group.
  • the group of object sets includes a first object set to which the current user does not belong.
  • the group of object collections also includes a second object collection to which the current user belongs, and the first description information associated with the first object collection and the second description information associated with the second object collection are displayed in different styles in the first interface.
  • the group of object collections includes a second object collection to which the current user belongs
  • the method further includes: in response to determining that the current user no longer belongs to the second object collection, continuing to display second descriptive information associated with the second object collection on the first interface.
  • the method also includes: modifying the style of the second description information associated with the second object set to be the same as the style of the first description information, wherein the first description information is description information associated with the first object set in the group of object sets to which the current user does not belong.
  • the method also includes any one of the following: in response to a second trigger operation on the control, setting the group to be public to the object set corresponding to the second trigger operation; in response to a third trigger operation on the control, canceling the disclosure of the group to the object set corresponding to the third trigger operation; in response to a fourth trigger operation on the control, releasing the association relationship between the group and the object set corresponding to the fourth trigger operation.
  • the group of object sets includes a third object set
  • third description information associated with the third object set indicates whether the group is public to the third object set.
  • the first permission includes a second permission associated with the group, and the control is displayed for each object set in the group of object sets.
  • the first permission includes a third permission associated with a fourth object set in the group of object sets, and the control is displayed for the fourth object set.
  • control is used to configure the following association relationship between the group and the corresponding object set: whether the group is associated with the corresponding object set; and/or whether the group is public to the corresponding object set.
  • the description information associated with the set of object collections includes: a text identifier associated with the set of object collections; and/or an image identifier associated with the set of object collections.
  • the method further includes: in response to determining that the current user does not have the first permission, giving up displaying the control.
  • the set of objects and collections include a team and/or a group.
  • a device for interface interaction includes: a first interface presentation module, configured to present a first interface of the group in response to a trigger operation associated with a group triggered by a current user; a description information display module, configured to display description information associated with a group of object sets in the first interface, wherein the group is associated with each object set in the group of object sets; and a control display module, configured to display a control in the first interface in response to determining that the current user has a first permission, the control being used to configure an association relationship between the group and the object sets in the group of object sets.
  • an electronic device includes: at least one processing unit; and at least one memory, wherein the at least one memory is coupled to the at least one processing unit and stores instructions for execution by the at least one processing unit, and the instructions, when executed by the at least one processing unit, enable the electronic device to execute the method described in the above-mentioned embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program thereon, and the computer program can be executed by a processor to implement the method according to the above embodiments of the present disclosure.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

一种交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质，该交互方法包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求(S10)；以及响应于第一变更请求：建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见，或者解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持第一对象集合和第二对象集合(S20)。该交互方法有助于实现第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的灵活变更。

Description

交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质
本申请要求于2022年10月19日递交的中国专利申请第202211291831.X号、于2022年10月19日递交的中国专利申请第202211282019.0号、于2022年10月31日递交的中国专利申请第202211351667.7号以及于2022年10月31日递交的中国专利申请第202211352228.8号的优先权，上述中国专利申请的全文以引用的方式并入以作为本申请的一部分。
技术领域
本公开的实施例涉及一种交互方法、交互装置、电子设备及存储介质。
背景技术
互联网通信技术提供了多种通信系统，例如在线文档通信、即时通信(Instant Messaging，IM)等。其中，即时通信系统是一种实时通信系统，允许多个用户之间能够使用网络基于即时通信会话实时地传递例如文字消息、语音消息、文件等各种类型的数据信息，同时还可以支持多个用户之间进行实时地语音交流、视频交流等。目前，即时通信等多种通信系统技术已被广泛地应用于例如协同办公、教学、娱乐等不同场景或不同领域中。特别地，基于互联网通信技术的线上协同办公系统也越来越受到人们重视，这些线上协同办公系统集成了即时通信、在线文档、音视频会议、日历等应用，使得组织(如企业、学校、团体等)内用户的协同工作效率得到提高。
发明内容
本公开至少一个实施例提供一种交互方法，该交互方法包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；以及响应于所述第一变更请求：建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合不再通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互装置，该交互装置包括关系变更请求获取单元和关系变更请求响应单元；所述关系变更请求获取单元配置为获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；所述关系变更请求响应单元配置为：响应于所述第一变更请求，建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者响应于所述第一变更请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合不再通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互方法，该交互方法包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；以及响应于所述变更请求：将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，所述第一影响不同于所述第二影响。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互装置，该交互装置包括关系变更请求获取单元和关系变更请求响应单元；所述关系变更请求获取单元配置为：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；所述关系变更请求响应单元配置为：响应于所述变更请求，将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系， 或者将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，所述第一影响不同于所述第二影响。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互方法，该交互方法包括：获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，所述第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且所述第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，所述第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；以及通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，所述信息通道不同于所述至少一个第二对象集合设置。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互装置，该交互装置包括动态信息获取单元和信息通道单元；所述动态信息获取单元被配置为获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，所述第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且所述第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，所述第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；所述信息通道单元被配置为通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，所述信息通道不同于所述至少一个第二对象集合设置。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括处理器和存储器；所述存储器包括一个或多个计算机可执行指令；所述一个或多个计算机可执行指令被存储在所述存储器中并被配置为由所述处理器执行，所述一个或多个计算机可执行指令用于实现本公开任一实施例所述的交互方法。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种存储介质，该存储介质用于存储非暂时性计算机可执行指令，当所述非暂时性计算机可执行指令由处理器执行时可以实现本公开任一实施例所述的交互方法。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种用于交互的方法。该方法包括响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现第一群组的会话界面。该方法还包括在会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。当前用户与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种用于交互的方法。该方法包括在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一对象与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。该方法还包括响应于在第一对象的界面上触发对至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作，展示第一对象集合的相关信息。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种用于交互的装置。该装置包括会话界面呈现模块，被配置为响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现第一群组的会话界面。该装置还包括描述信息显示模块，被配置为在会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。当前用户与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种用于交互的装置。该装置包括描述信息呈现模块，被配置为在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一对象与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。该装置还包括相关信息展示模块，被配置为响应于在第一对象的界面上触发对至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作，展示第一对象集合的相关信息。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种电子设备。该设备包括至少一个处理单元；以及至少一个存储器，至少一个存储器被耦合到至少一个处理单元并且存储用于由至少一个处理单元执行的指令。指令在由至少一个处理单元执行时使设备执行根据本公开上述实施例所述的用于交互的方法。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质。介质上存储有计算机程序，程 序被处理器执行时实现根据本公开上述实施例所述的用于交互的方法。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种界面交互的方法。该方法包括：响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的第一触发操作，呈现群组的第一界面；在第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联；以及响应于确定当前用户具有第一权限，在第一界面中展示控件，控件用于配置群组与一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种用于界面交互的装置。该装置包括：第一界面呈现模块，被配置为响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的第一触发操作，呈现群组的第一界面；描述信息显示模块，被配置为在第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联；以及控件展示模块，被配置为响应于确定当前用户具有第一权限，在第一界面中展示控件，控件用于配置群组与一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种电子设备。该设备包括至少一个处理单元；以及至少一个存储器，至少一个存储器被耦合到至少一个处理单元并且存储用于由至少一个处理单元执行的指令。指令在由至少一个处理单元执行时使设备执行根据本公开上述实施例所述的界面交互的方法。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质。介质上存储有计算机程序，计算机程序可由处理器执行以实现根据本公开上述实施例所述的界面交互的方法。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅涉及本公开的一些实施例，而非对本公开的限制。
图1为一种可用于实施本公开实施例提供的交互方法的系统；
图2为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互方法的示意性流程图；
图3为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互方法的具体示例的示意性流程图；
图4为本公开一些实施例提供的一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图5为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图6为本公开一些实施例提供的再一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图7为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种交互方法的具体示例的示意性流程图；
图8为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种交互方法的示意性流程图；
图9为本公开一些实施例提供的再一种交互方法的示意性流程图；
图10为本公开一些实施例提供的再一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图11A和11B为本公开一些实施例提供的再一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图12为本公开一些实施例提供的再一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图13为本公开一些实施例提供的再一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图；
图14为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互装置的示意框图；
图15为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种交互装置的示意框图；
图16为本公开一些实施例提供的一种电子设备的示意框图；
图17为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种电子设备的示意框图；
图18为本公开一些实施例提供的一种存储介质的示意图；
图19示出了本公开一些实施例提供的一种示例环境的示意图；
图20示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的示例应用界面的示意图；
图21A至图21D示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的包括会话界面的示例界面的示意图；
图22A至图22C示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的示例描述信息的示意图；
图23示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的示例界面的交互的示意图；
图24示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的过程的流程图；
图25示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的装置的框图；
图26A至图26B示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的又一示例界面的示意图；
图27示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的另一过程的流程图；
图28示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的另一装置的框图；
图29示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的示例应用界面的示意图；
图30示出根据本公开的一些实施例的与群组关联的示例触发操作的示意图；
图31A至图31C示出根据本公开的一些实施例的群组的示例界面的示意图；
图32A至图32B示出根据本公开的一些实施例的描述信息的示例样式的示意图；
图32C至图32D示出根据本公开的一些实施例的群组的另一些示例界面的示意图；
图33示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的过程的流程图；
图34示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的装置的框图；以及
图35示出了能够实施本公开的一个或多个实施例的电子设备。
具体实施方式
下面将参照附图更详细地描述本公开的实施例。虽然附图中显示了本公开的某些实施例，然而应当理解的是，本公开可以通过各种形式来实现，而且不应该被解释为限于这里阐述的实施例，相反提供这些实施例是为了更加透彻和完整地理解本公开。应当理解的是，本公开的附图及实施例仅用于示例性作用，并非用于限制本公开的保护范围。
本文使用的术语“和/或”表示“和”或者“或”，即既可以为“和”，也可以为“或”。例如，“A和/或B”表示三种并列的情况：即可以表示“包含A而不包含B”的情况，也可以表示“包含B而不包含A”的情况，还可以表示“同时包含A和B”的情况。
应当理解，本公开的方法实施方式中记载的各个步骤可以按照不同的顺序执行，和/或并行执行。此外，方法实施方式可以包括附加的步骤和/或省略执行示出的步骤。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
本文使用的术语“包括”及其变形是开放性包括，即“包括但不限于”。术语“基于”是“至少部分地基于”。术语“一个实施例”表示“至少一个实施例”；术语“另一实施例”表示“至少一个另外的实施例”；术语“一些实施例”表示“至少一些实施例”。其他术语的相关定义将在下文描述中给出。
需要注意，本公开中提及的“第一”、“第二”等概念仅用于对不同的装置、模块或单元进行区分，并非用于限定这些装置、模块或单元所执行的功能的顺序或者相互依存关系。
需要注意，本公开中提及“一个”、“多个”的修饰是示意性而非限制性的，本领域技术人员应当理解，除非在上下文另有明确指出，否则应该理解为“一个或多个”。
本公开实施方式中的多个装置之间所交互的消息或者信息的名称仅用于说明性的目的，而并不是用于对这些消息或信息的范围进行限制。
以即时通信系统为例，在用户利用即时通信技术进行信息交互时，例如以用户通过即时通信软件发送例如文字或语音信息等为例，用户可以通过单聊会话单独对某个用户发送信息，或者用户也可以加入一个群组并在该群组中与其他群组成员进行信息交互。并且，根据实际情况需要，该群组还可以与其他群组或者组织架构相关联，以便于用户能够通过更多的信息获取渠道及时有效地了解或掌握所需的信息。
本公开至少一个实施例提供一种交互方法，该交互方法包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；以及响应于第一变更请求：建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见，或者解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持第一对象集合和第二对象集合。
本公开上述实施例提供的交互方法在至少一个示例中可以有助于灵活地变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系，从而既可以通过建立的第一关联关系在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间提供及时有效的信息沟通或信息获取渠道，同时也可以降低或避免对第一对象集合和第二对象集合内的例如信息传输及信息交互管理、成员对象管理、操作权限管理 等可能产生的不利影响。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，第一对象集合和第二对象集合可以是指包括多个成员对象的集合，或者第一对象集合和第二对象集合也可以是指将多个成员对象组织起来以用于实现某些功能或某些操作的数据实体或数据对象，或者第一对象集合和第二对象集合也可以是指将多个成员对象组织起来以向该多个成员对象提供某些功能、或允许该多个成员对象进行某些操作的数据实体或数据对象。
例如，第一对象集合或第二对象集合可以将成员对象组织起来，使得成员对象可以在第一对象集合或第二对象集合下实现数据或信息交互、或提供数据或信息交互等服务。例如，成员对象可以直接通过第一对象集合或第二对象集合的形式进行数据或信息交互，或直接通过第一对象集合或第二对象集合的形式提供数据或信息交互功能等服务。例如，第一对象集合或第二对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的群组或讨论组等。
又例如，也可以是第一对象集合下提供有用于成员对象进行数据或信息交互的平台或渠道等交互方式，以使第一对象集合的成员对象能够在第一对象集合的整体组织架构下实现数据或信息交互，例如使成员对象能够通过与第一对象集合关联的第二对象集合进行数据或信息交互等，从而使第一对象集合间接具有提供信息交互的效果或功能。例如，第一对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的用户集合，并在该第一对象集合下设置例如群组或讨论组等，以使用户通过上述群组或讨论组等进行信息交互。
下面，将参考附图详细地说明本公开的实施例。应当注意的是，不同的附图中相同的附图标记将用于指代已描述的相同的元件。
图1为一种可用于实施本公开实施例提供的交互方法的系统。如图1所示，该系统100可以包括用户终端110、网络120、服务器130以及数据库140。例如，该系统100可以用于实施本公开任一实施例所述的交互方法。
用户终端110例如为电脑110-1或手机110-2。可以理解的是，用户终端110可以是能够执行数据处理的任何其他类型的电子设备，其可以包括但不限于台式电脑、笔记本电脑、平板电脑、智能手机、智能家居设备、可穿戴设备、车载电子设备、监控设备等。用户终端110也可以是设置有电子设备的任何装备，例如车辆、机器人等。
用户可以对安装在用户终端110上的应用程序进行操作，应用程序通过网络120将用户行为数据传输给服务器130，用户终端110还可以通过网络120接收服务器130传输的数据。
例如，用户终端110上的应用程序可以是协同办公应用程序，或者也可以是社交应用程序等。例如，协同办公应用程序可以是指利用网络、计算机等技术实现在多个用户之间进行信息沟通、共享、协同等功能，以满足多个用户一起办公的需求的应用程序。例如，社交应用程序可以是指基于用户之间的社交关系链进行消息收发或即时通信的应用程序等。
例如，在上述应用程序中，用户可以向联系人发送消息，也可以接收联系人发送的消息。该联系人可以是单个用户，也可以是一个群组。例如，群组是指包含至少两个用户的集群，群组也可以称为联系人组、群聊、讨论组等。
用户终端110可以通过运行程序(进程)或线程的方式实施本公开实施例提供的交互方法。在一些示例中，用户终端110可以利用其内置的应用程序执行交互方法。在另一些示例中，用户终端110可以通过调用用户终端110外部存储的应用程序执行交互方法。
网络120可以是单个网络，或至少两个相同网络或不同网络的组合。例如，网络120可以包括但不限于局域网、广域网、公用网络、专用网络等中的一种或几种的组合。
服务器130可以是一个单独的服务器，或一个服务器群组，或云服务器等，例如，服务器群组内的各个服务器通过有线的或无线的网络进行连接。一个服务器群组可以是集中式的，例如数据中心，也可以是分布式的。服务器130可以是本地的或远程的。服务器130可以通过有线的或无线的网络与用户终端110进行通信。
数据库140可以泛指具有数据存储功能的设备，例如，还可以进一步提供数据处理(例如检索、排序等)功能。数据库140主要用于存储用户终端110和服务器130在工作中所利用、产生和输出的各种数据，例如可以包括多个子数据库。数据库140可以是本地的或远程的。本公开的实施例对于数据库的类型不作限定，例如可以为关系型数据库或非关系型数据 库；数据库140可以包括各种存储器、例如随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)等。以上提及的存储设备只是列举了一些例子，该系统100可以使用的存储设备并不局限于此。
数据库140可以经由网络120与服务器130或其一部分相互连接或通信，或直接与服务器130相互连接或通信，或是上述两种方式的结合。
在一些示例中，数据库140可以是独立的设备。在另一些示例中，数据库140也可以集成在用户终端110和服务器130中的至少一个中。例如，数据库140可以设置在用户终端110上，也可以设置在服务器130上。又例如，数据库140也可以是分布式的，其一部分设置在用户终端110上，另一部分设置在服务器130上。
图2为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互方法的示意性流程图。该交互方法可以应用于图1所示的系统100中的服务器130上，例如，使用人这样的用户可以通过用户终端110访问服务器130，并通过用户终端110上的客户端软件提供的操作界面进行操作，例如应用于用户终端110上的协同办公应用程序或社交应用程序中。
如图2所示，本公开实施例提供的交互方法包括步骤S10和步骤S20。
步骤S10：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求。
步骤S20：响应于第一变更请求：建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见，或者解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持第一对象集合和第二对象集合。
例如，对于上述步骤S10，上述第一对象集合和第二对象集合可以分别为包含有一个或多个成员对象的集合。例如，该一个或多个成员对象可以为具有不同属性、不同功能或用于不同操作的各种类型且属于相应对象集合的成员对象。
例如，第一对象集合的成员对象可以为用户(也即用户成员)，或者也可以为由多个用户组成的一组用户；第二对象集合的成员对象可以为用户(也即用户成员)，或者也可以为由多个用户组成的一组用户。例如，以本公开实施例提供的交互方法应用于协同办公应用程序为例，用户可以是指使用相关设备或网络服务的真实的人或实体，也即，真实存在的使用人；或者，用户也可以是指系统中设置的能够模拟人类对话的例如聊天机器人或服务助手等用于提供服务的计算机程序。
例如，第一对象集合和第二对象集合还可以包括用于服务用户的控件，例如协作文档、日历、音视频会议等功能性控件或用于存储相关交互信息的容器性控件等。例如，控件是指对数据和方法的封装，控件可以服务于用户，以使用户通过控件实现不同交互操作或向用户提供不同交互功能、信息存储功能等。
例如，第一对象集合的每个成员对象的对象类型可以彼此相同，也可以彼此不同；第二对象集合中的每个成员对象的对象类型可以彼此相同，也可以彼此不同。
例如，第一对象集合中的各成员对象可以均为使用相关设备或网络服务且真实存在的人或实体，或者第一对象集合中的成员对象也可以既包含有真实存在的使用者，也包含有例如聊天机器人或服务助手等提供服务的计算机程序等。例如，第一对象集合中既可以有以用户形式存在的成员对象，也可以有以用户集合(例如包含多个用户的一组用户)的形式存在的成员对象。
例如，第一对象集合的成员对象的类型与第二对象集合的成员对象的类型可以彼此相同，也可以彼此不同。
例如，第二对象集合中的各成员对象可以均为使用相关设备或网络服务且真实存在的人或实体，或者第二对象集合中的成员对象也可以既包含有真实存在的使用者，也包含有例如聊天机器人或服务助手等提供服务的计算机程序等。又例如，在一些示例中，第二对象集合中既可以有以用户形式存在的成员对象，也可以将例如协作文档、日历、音视频会议等功能性控件或容器性控件等作为成员对象。
本公开的一些实施例中对第一对象集合的成员对象以及第二对象集合的成员对象的类型、属性、功能等均不作具体限制。
例如，第一对象集合将成员对象组织起来，使得成员对象可以在第一对象集合下实现数据或信息交互。例如，成员对象可以直接通过第一对象集合的形式进行数据或信息交互，例如第一对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的群组或讨论组等；或者，也可以是第一对象集合下提供有用于成员对象进行数据或信息交互的平台或渠道等其他交互形式，以使成员对象能够在第一对象集合的整体组织架构下实现数据或信息交互。例如，第一对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的用户集合，并在该第一对象集合下设置例如群组或讨论组等，以使用户通过上述群组或讨论组等进行信息交互。
例如，第二对象集合可以是服务于用户且用于提供使得第二对象集合的成员对象之间能够进行数据或信息交互的平台或渠道等，以使第二对象集合的成员对象可以直接通过第二对象集合的形式进行数据或信息交互。例如，第二对象集合可以是将多个用户分别作为多个成员对象且包含有多个用户的聊天群组，由此使多个用户可以在该聊天群组中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频或网络链接等信息的交互。
又例如，除用户以外，第二对象集合也可以包括例如文档、日历、音视频会议等功能性控件或用于交互信息存储的容器性控件，以提供上述基于文档、日历、音视频会议等功能性控件的信息交互方式，或者提供交互信息存储功能。例如，在第二对象集合与第一对象集合关联的情况下，第一对象集合的成员对象可以通过访问第二对象集合中的例如文档、日历、音视频会议等并进行相应的操作处理，从而使得第一对象集合中的成员对象能够通过第二对象集合的形式实现对不同类型的信息或操作的交互。
例如，第一对象集合和第二对象集合中的信息传输或信息交互可以包括针对特定或不特定成员对象的如下任一操作：发送或接收文本信息；发送或接收语音信息；发送或接收视频信息；发送或接收图片信息；或者发送或接收网络链接信息等。网络链接信息例如可以是针对各种适当的网络资源的连接，例如，网页、音频、视频、动态图片、可执行代码等，可执行代码例如可以为小程序、脚本(例如javascript脚本等)等，以实现相应功能。
需要说明的是，通过第一对象集合或第二对象集合的形式所能够实现的信息交互包括但并不限于上述这些情况，本公开的一些实施例对第一对象集合和第二对象集合能够实现的信息交互的类型或方式等均不作具体限制。例如，操作可以发出的信息可以是被全部成员对象关注的，或者操作发出的信息可以是要求特定对象关注的。
本公开的一些实施例中对第一对象集合和第二对象集合的具体形式、功能或类型等均不作具体限制。
例如，第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间可以具有关联关系。例如，该关联关系可以为引用关系(例如本文中的第一关联关系)，例如第一对象集合引用第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合引用第一对象集合；又例如，该关联关系可以为从属关系(例如本文中的第二关联关系)，例如第一对象集合从属于第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合；本公开的一些实施例中对此不作具体限制。
例如，以第二对象集合“从属于”第一对象集合为例，可以是指第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，或者，也可以是指第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。
例如，以第一对象集合“引用”第二对象集合为例，可以是指第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间彼此引用或彼此之间存在关联，并且第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限不受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围不受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。
例如，在本公开的实施例中，对于上述步骤S20，第一变更请求可以为对第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系进行变更的请求，例如可以包括建立或解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系。例如，该第一关联关系可以为引用关系，例如在上述步骤S20中，第一对象集合引用第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合被第一对象集合引用。
例如，当第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有引用关系时，也即具有第一关联关系时，以第一对象集合引用第二对象集合为例，第二对象集合可以通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的部分成员对象或全部成员对象可见，例如第一对象集合的部分成员对象或全部成员对象 可以通过第一对象集合来获取关于第二对象集合的相关数据或信息等，从而有助于在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间提供及时有效的信息沟通或信息获取渠道。
例如，在一些示例中，以第一对象集合实现为协同办公应用程序中包括多个团队成员(例如用户或用户成员)的团队，且第二对象集合实现为协同办公应用程序中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的群组为例，团队中的多个团队成员分别作为团队的成员对象，群组中的多个群组成员分别作为群组的成员对象，团队的访问入口例如可以展示在应用该协同办公应用程序的客户端提供的操作界面中，用户可以通过例如点击该团队的访问入口访问团队，例如进入团队页面。当群组被团队引用时，在该群组对用户可见(例如用户具有对该群组的访问权限)的情况下，团队页面中可以提供该群组的访问入口，以使用户可以在通过团队的访问入口进入团队页面后，通过例如点击该团队页面中提供的群组的访问入口来获取关于群组的相关数据或信息等。例如，在用户具有对该群组的访问权限的情况下，用户还可以通过例如点击该团队页面中提供的群组的访问入口，访问群组或进入相应的群组页面。
例如，在一些示例中，以第一对象集合实现为协同办公应用程序中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的第一群组，且第二对象集合实现为协同办公应用程序中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的第二群组为例，第一群组中的多个群组成员分别作为第一群组的成员对象，第二群组中的多个群组成员分别作为第二群组的成员对象，在用户分别具有对第一群组和第二群组的访问权限的情况下，第一群组的访问入口和第二群组的访问入口例如均可以展示在应用该协同办公应用程序的客户端提供的操作界面中，用户可以通过例如点击第一群组的访问入口或第二群组的访问入口来访问相应的群组，例如进入相应的群组页面。并且，当第一群组与第二群组之间具有引用关系(也即第一关联关系)时，第一群组的群组页面中可以提供第二群组的访问入口，以使用户可以在通过第一群组的访问入口进入第一群组的群组页面后，通过例如点击该群组页面中提供的第二群组的访问入口来获取关于第二群组的相关数据或信息等；同时，第二群组的群组页面中可以提供第一群组的访问入口，以使用户可以在通过第二群组的访问入口进入第二群组的群组页面后，通过例如点击该群组页面中提供的第一群组的访问入口来获取关于第一群组的相关数据或信息等。例如，用户可以通过例如点击群组页面中提供的另一群组的访问入口，访问相应的群组或进入相应的群组页面。
例如，当第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间不再具有引用关系时，也即第一关联关系被解除时，以第一对象集合引用第二对象集合为例，第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的成员对象可见，例如，第一对象集合的成员对象不能再通过第一对象集合来获取关于第二对象集合的相关数据或信息等。
需要说明的是，如果第一对象集合的某一个成员对象同时也是第二对象集合的成员对象，也即，该成员对象同时属于第一对象集合和第二对象集合，当第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间不再具有引用关系时，该成员对象可以直接访问第一对象集合或第二对象集合，但是该第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对该成员对象可见。
例如，当第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间不再具有第一关联关系时，也即引用关系被解除后，第一对象集合和第二对象集合依旧分别保持存在。由此，既可以有助于灵活地变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系，同时也可以降低或避免该变更对第一对象集合和第二对象集合内的例如信息传输及信息交互管理、成员对象管理、操作权限管理等可能产生的不利影响。
下面本公开的一些实施例中以第一关联关系为引用关系，且第一对象集合引用第二对象集合为例，对本公开一些实施例提供的交互方法进行具体说明，但需要注意的是本公开包括但并不仅限于此。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系变更之前和之后，第二对象集合相对于第一对象集合的独立操作权限保持一致。
例如，该独立操作权限可以包括第二对象集合所能够执行的针对第二对象集合内的例如信息(或数据)传输、信息(或数据)交互等的独立操作权限。例如，第二对象集合所能够执行的针对第二对象集合内的信息传输、信息交互的管理权限、控制权限或操作权限不受限于第一对象集合。在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系变更之前和之后，第二对 象集合内的信息传输、信息交互等均由第二对象集合独自进行管理，第一对象集合不具有对第二对象集合内的例如信息传输、信息交互的管理权限。
例如，该独立操作权限还可以包括第二对象集合所能够执行的针对第二对象集合的各成员对象的独立操作权限。例如，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系变更之前和之后，第二对象集合的成员对象变更均由第二对象集合独自进行管理，第一对象集合不具有变更第二对象集合的成员对象的操作权限。
例如，在第一对象集合和第二对象集合之间的关联关系为引用关系的情况下，第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作可以与第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作彼此独立。也即，第二对象集合所能够执行的针对第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作的操作权限不受限于第一对象集合，第一对象集合所能够执行的针对第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作的操作权限也不受限于第二对象集合。例如，第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作可以由第一对象集合独自管理，第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作可以由第二对象集合独自管理。
当第一对象集合的成员对象发生变更时，第二对象集合的成员对象不发生改变。例如，当第一对象集合有新的成员对象加入时，第二对象集合不需要加入该成员对象，或者该新的成员对象是否需要加入第二对象集合由第二对象集合自行决定或管理；当有成员对象从第一对象集合中退出时，该成员对象不需要从第二对象集合退出，或者该成员对象是否需要从第二对象集合退出由第二对象集合自行决定或管理。
当第二对象集合的成员对象发生变更时，第一对象集合的成员对象不发生改变。例如，当第二对象集合有新的成员对象加入时，第一对象集合不需要加入该成员对象，或者该新的成员对象是否需要加入第一对象集合由第一对象集合自行决定或管理；当有成员对象从第二对象集合中退出时，该成员对象不需要从第一对象集合退出，或者该成员对象是否需要从第一对象集合退出由第一对象集合自行决定或管理。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系变更之前和之后，第二对象集合的各成员对象对第二对象集合的操作权限始终保持一致。例如，第二对象集合的各成员对象对第二对象集合的例如信息访问权限、信息传输权限、信息交互权限等均不受第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系的变更的影响，也不受限于第一对象集合。
图3为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互方法的具体示例的示意性流程图。需要说明的是，步骤S201和S202分别与图2中所示的交互方法中的步骤S10和S20基本相同或相似，关于步骤S201和S202的具体说明可以分别参考上述交互方法的实施例中对应于图2所示的步骤S10和S20的相关描述，重复之处不再赘述。
如图3所示，该交互方法包括以下步骤S201至S203。
步骤S201：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求。
步骤S202：响应于第一变更请求，建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见。
步骤S203：赋予第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过第一对象集合对第二对象集合的访问权限。
例如，对于上述步骤S201至S203，当建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系时，通过赋予第一对象集合的相应成员对象通过第一对象集合对第二对象集合的访问权限，由此可以借助第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间建立的引用关系，向第一对象集合的相应成员对象及时有效地提供关于第二对象集合的信息获取或信息沟通渠道，从而有利于第一对象集合的成员对象及时有效地获取所需的相关信息。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，在建立第一对象集合引用第二对象集合的引用关系后，可以对第一对象集合的成员对象中原本不属于第二对象集合的一个或多个成员对象赋予通过第一对象集合对第二对象集合的访问权限，由此使原本不属于第二对象集合的第一对象集合中的该一个或多个成员对象可以依赖于第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间建立的引用关系及时有效地获取关于第二对象集合的相关信息。
例如，在一些示例中，上述步骤S203中的访问权限可以包括针对第二对象集合内的信息 交互或信息传输的可读可写操作权限，例如在赋予第一对象集合的成员对象该访问权限后，第一对象集合的成员对象可以通过第一对象集合对第二对象集合内的信息传输或信息交互等进行读操作或写操作等。又例如，在一些示例中，上述步骤S203中的访问权限仅包括对第二对象集合内的信息交互或信息传输的只读操作权限，例如在赋予第一对象集合的成员对象该访问权限后，第一对象集合的成员对象仅能通过第一对象集合对第二对象集合内的信息传输或信息交互等进行读操作，而不能进行写操作等。
例如，以在建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系之前，第一对象集合的成员对象中包括第一成员对象，且第二对象集合的成员对象中不包括该第一成员对象的情况为例，也即，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系建立之前，该第一成员对象从属于第一对象集合但不从属于第二对象集合，上述步骤S203可以包括：允许该第一成员对象查阅第二对象集合内的信息传输或信息交互、在第二对象集合内进行信息传输或信息交互、查阅关于第二对象集合的成员对象的成员信息、或者与第二对象集合的特定成员对象进行单独地信息交互等操作。
又例如，以在建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系之前，第一对象集合的成员对象中包括第一成员对象，且第二对象集合的成员对象中不包括该第一成员对象的情况为例，也即，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系建立之前，该第一成员对象从属于第一对象集合但不从属于第二对象集合，上述步骤S203可以包括：将该第一成员对象增设为第二对象集合的成员对象。也即，在建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系之后，将原本不从属于第二对象集合的第一成员对象加入第二对象集合，作为第二对象集合的新的成员对象。
下面，为了清楚地说明本公开的技术方案，本公开的一些实施例以第一对象集合的成员对象为用户(或用户成员)且第一对象集合为包括多个用户的第一用户集合，以及第二对象集合的成员对象为用户(或用户成员)且第二对象集合为包括多个用户的第二用户集合为例，对本公开实施例提供的交互方法中的各个步骤进行具体说明。需要说明的是，本公开提供的交互方法包括但并不仅限于此。
例如，下文中提及的“第一对象集合的成员对象”可以理解为第一对象集合的用户或用户成员，也即“第一用户集合”、或“第一用户集合的用户”；“第二对象集合的成员对象”可以理解为第二对象集合的用户或用户成员，也即“第二用户集合”、或“第二用户集合的用户”。
例如，在一些示例中，该“第一对象集合”可以表示或理解为包括多个用户的一个“团队”、“组织”、“群组”或“组”等；“第二对象集合”可以表示或理解为包括多个用户的一个“群组”或“组”等，例如一个用于多个用户在群组中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接等信息交互的即时通讯的聊天群组。
例如，在协同办公软件的一个示例性应用场景中，“第一对象集合”即为协同办公软件中包括多个团队成员(例如用户或用户成员)的“团队”，“第二对象集合”即为协同办公应用程序中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的“群组”，团队中的多个团队成员分别作为团队的成员对象，群组中的多个群组成员分别作为群组的成员对象，团队的访问入口例如可以展示在应用该协同办公应用程序的客户端提供的操作界面中，用户可以通过例如点击该团队的访问入口访问团队，例如进入团队页面。例如，“团队”可以包括一个部门的全体员工，一个或多个“群组”可以对应于部门下不同类型的分组，例如包括部门全体员工的部门内部事项沟通组，又例如包括部门的主要负责人的部门管理事项沟通组，又例如由部门中负责对接不同项目的员工分别组建的不同项目组，例如由负责处理第一项目的员工组建的第一项目组、由负责处理第二项目的员工组建的第二项目组、由负责处理第三项目的员工组建的第三项目组等。这些群组均被部门这个团队引用，在这些群组中，各自的成员可以进行聊天、分享信息等。
例如，团队内的一个员工可以具有对一个或多个群组的访问权限，例如该员工可以同时属于一个或多个群组。在该员工使用该协同办公软件的使用界面中，可以同时列出这个团队以及在这个团队下关联的一个或多个群组，并且可以在这些群组中进行相应的信息访问、交 流、分享等。不同员工由于在团队中对不同的群组具有访问权限，例如该员工在团队中属于不同的群组，因此不同员工在使用该协同办公软件时所得到的使用界面不同。
又例如，“团队”可以包括一个项目的相关人员，一个或多个“群组”可以对应于处理该项目的不同事项的不同分组，例如包括研发人员的沟通群组、包括界面设计人员的沟通群组、包括销售人员的沟通群组等。在实际当中，可以根据直接情况在应用程序中创建“团队”，为该团队选择团队成员以及为该团队添加群组(即关联群组)。
图4至图6为本公开一些实施例提供的一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图。
例如，在图4至图6所示的示例中，第二对象集合B1～B4与第一对象集合A1之间的关联关系可以通过可视化的方式进行呈现。例如，在应用程序的图形化用户界面中，第二对象集合B1～B4显示为位于第一对象集合A1之下，且向右侧内缩。例如，第二对象集合B1～B4可以为即时通讯的聊天群组，也即群组B1、群组B2、群组B3、群组B4；第二对象集合B1～B4均与第一对象集合A1(即团队A1)关联。
例如，以上述协同办公软件的应用场景为例，第一对象集合A1(即团队A1)可以为包括部门的全体员工的“团队”，第二对象集合B1(即群组B1)可以为与团队关联的包括部门全体员工的“部门内部事项沟通组”，例如该部门内部事项沟通组可以从属于团队。例如，第二对象集合B2(即群组B2)可以为与团队关联的包括负责处理第一项目的员工组建的“第一项目组”，第二对象集合B3(即群组B3)可以为与团队关联的包括负责处理第二项目的员工组建的“第二项目组”，第二对象集合B4(即群组B4)可以为与团队关联的包括负责处理第三项目的员工组建的“第三项目组”，例如第一项目组、第二项目组、第三项目组均可以被团队引用。
例如，图4中所示的是某个用户通过用户终端中运行的客户端在使用该协同办公软件过程中的使用界面的一个示例。例如，该客户端不会展示该用户所不属于的团队的信息(例如列表等)。例如，该用户仅属于团队A1，不属于团队A2，则客户端不会展示该用户所不属于的团队A2的信息。
例如，如图4所示，当用户属于与团队A1关联的某一群组或对某一群组具有访问权限，或者某一群组设置为对该用户可见时，客户端会在团队A1下展示相应的群组的信息，例如群组B1～B4；当用户不属于与团队A1关联的某一群组、对该群组不具有访问权限、且该群组设置为对该用户不可见时，则客户端不会在团队A1下展示该群组的信息。例如，除图4中所示的群组B1～B4以外，团队A1还与其他群组之间具有关联关系，例如团队A1还引用群组B5，该群组B5为包括部门的主要负责人的“部门管理事项沟通组”。当用户不属于群组B5、对群组B5不具有访问权限、且群组B5设置为对该用户不可见时，则客户端不会展示群组B5的信息。
例如，如图4所示，以群组B1从属于团队A1且用户为群组B1的成员对象为例，当用户在操作界面中通过例如点击选中团队A1下的群组B1时，在窗口的右侧页面内可以提供例如用于群组B1中的各成员对象进行聊天、信息分享的子窗口，例如聊天界面CHT1，使用户能够在群组B1中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频等信息交互。例如，用户可以在该群组B1的聊天界面CHT1内发送例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接或用户名片等信息，以实现在该群组B1中的信息交互，又例如发起线上会议等。
例如，如图4所示，在右侧的子窗口中，聊天界面CHT1用于显示用户自己或其他用户(例如用户USR1和USR2)发送的信息，用户可以通过在子窗口下方的信息输入框INPT1中输入想要发送的文本信息，以与其他用户进行信息交互。用户也可以点击信息输入框INPT1右侧的图标，并在显示的子界面中选择发送除文本以外的例如图片、音频、视频、网络链接或用户名片等其他类型的信息。
例如，以群组B2～B4与团队A1之间的关联关系为引用关系(例如，群组B2～B4均被团队A1引用)，且在建立群组B2～B4与团队A1之间的引用关系之前，群组B2～B4中均不包括该用户(例如，该用户不从属于群组B2～B4中的任何一个群组)为例，当团队A1与群组B2～B4之间的引用关系建立后，群组B2～B4在客户端的操作界面中显示为位于团队A1之下，且向右侧内缩，以通过团队A1对用户可见。
例如，当建立群组B2～B4与团队A1之间的引用关系时，可以根据实际需求选择设置团队A1中的成员对象对群组B2～B4的操作权限或者访问权限等。例如，以图4至图6中所示的群组B2～B4为例，群组B4设置为通过团队A1对用户可见，但用户不具有通过团队A1对群组B4的访问权限；群组B2和B3设置为通过团队A1对用户可见，用户具有通过团队A1对群组B2和B3的访问权限，且用户通过团队A1对群组B2的访问权限不同于对群组B3的访问权限。
例如，如图4至图6所示，当群组B4通过团队A1对用户可见，但用户不具有通过团队A1对群组B4的访问权限时，群组B4在操作界面中的显示方式可以设置为不同于其他群组，例如群组B4在操作界面中的显示透明度可以不同于其他群组，或者也可以采用其他背景颜色、图案等进行显示。例如，当用户点击该群组B4时，不能访问该群组B4，例如不能跳转至群组B4的相关页面或者进入群组B4内，也不能例如参与、查阅、浏览与群组B4相关的信息传输或信息交互等。
例如，如图5所示，当群组B2通过团队A1对用户可见，且用户具有通过团队A1对群组B2的例如可读可写操作权限的访问权限时，用户可以查阅群组B2的信息交互、在群组B2内进行信息交互、查阅关于群组B2的成员对象的成员信息、或者与群组B2的特定成员对象进行单独地信息交互等。例如，在一些示例中，也可以在建立群组B2与团队A1之间的引用关系后，将用户增设为群组B2的新的成员对象。
例如，如图5所示，当用户在操作界面中通过例如点击选中群组B2时，在窗口的右侧页面内可以提供例如用于群组B2中的各成员对象进行聊天、信息分享的子窗口，例如聊天界面CHT2，使用户能够在群组B2中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频等信息交互。例如，用户可以在该群组B2的聊天界面CHT2内发送例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接或用户名片等信息，以实现在该群组B2中的信息交互，又例如发起线上会议等。例如，在右侧的子窗口中，聊天界面CHT2用于显示用户自己或其他用户(例如用户USR3和USR4发送的信息，用户可以通过在子窗口下方的信息输入框INPT2中输入想要发送的文本信息，以与其他用户进行信息交互。用户也可以点击信息输入框INPT2右侧的图标，并在显示的子界面中选择发送除文本以外的例如图片、音频、视频、网络链接或用户名片等其他类型的信息。
例如，如图6所示，当群组B3通过团队A1对用户可见，且用户具有通过团队A1对群组B3的例如只读操作权限的访问权限时，用户可以查阅群组B3内的信息交互、查阅关于群组B3的成员对象的成员信息等，但不能在群组B3内进行信息交互。
例如，如图6所示，当用户在操作界面中通过例如点击选中群组B3时，在窗口的右侧页面内可以提供展示例如聊天记录、信息传输的子窗口，例如聊天记录界面CHTRD，使用户能够在该聊天记录界面CHTRD中查询、浏览例如文本、图片、语音、视频等相关信息。例如，用户仅能在该群组B3的聊天记录界面CHTRD内查询、浏览相关信息，但是不能在该聊天记录界面CHTRD内发送例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接或用户名片等信息，也即，不能通过聊天记录界面CHTRD与其他用户之间进行双向信息交互。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，以群组B2为例，在建立群组B2与团队A1之间的引用关系后，还可以允许用户通过团队A1查阅关于群组B2的描述信息，例如用户可以通过团队A1访问群组B2，例如访问群组B2的关联信息页，进而在群组B2的关联信息页中查阅关于群组B2的描述信息；或者，关于群组B2的描述信息也可以展示在团队A1的关联信息页中，以使用户通过访问团队A1的关联信息页便可以查阅到关于群组B2的描述信息。
例如，以群组B2为例，在建立或解除群组B2与团队A1之间的引用关系后，本公开的一些实施例提供的交互方法还包括：更新团队A1的关联关系状态，以及更新群组B2的关联关系状态。团队A1的关联关系状态可以在团队A1内通过可视化的方式呈现，例如团队A1的关联关系状态可以展示在团队A1的关联信息页中，例如在该关联信息页中显示“团队A1与群组B2建立引用关系”或者“团队A1与群组B2解除引用关系”等。群组B2的关联关系状态可以在群组B2内通过可视化的方式呈现，例如群组B2的关联关系状态可以展示在群组B2的关联信息页中，例如在该关联信息页中显示“群组B2与团队A1建立引用关系”或 者“群组B2与团队A1解除引用关系”等。
例如，在上述应用场景中，在团队A1的关联信息页中还可以提供其他关于团队A1的动态信息，例如可以包括团队的状态变更信息，例如包括团队的名称变更、团队的职能简介变更、团队的主要负责人变更、团队的联系方式变更等；又例如，团队A1的动态信息还可以包括团队的成员对象的变更信息，也即关于团队内的用户成员发生变更的动态信息，例如关于有新的用户成员加入团队(也即，作为新的成员对象加入团队)的动态信息、有用户成员离开团队(也即，不再是属于团队的成员对象)的动态信息等。在群组B2的关联信息页中还可以提供其他关于群组B2的动态信息，例如可以包括群组的状态变更信息，例如包括群组的名称变更、群组的职能简介变更、群组的主要负责人变更、群组的联系方式变更等；又例如，群组B2的动态信息还可以包括群组的成员对象的变更信息，例如关于有新的用户成员加入群组(也即，作为新的成员对象加入群组)的动态信息、有用户成员离开群组(也即，不再是属于群组的成员对象)的动态信息等。例如，上述动态信息包括文本信息、语音信息、视频信息、图片信息、或网络链接信息等，本公开的一些实施例对于提供的动态信息的类型、内容等均不作具体限制。
例如，上述动态信息既可以是由用户主动查看例如与团队或群组关联的关联信息页来获取，也可以通过例如消息通知推送通道主动向用户进行推送，由此有助于用户及时有效地获取与团队或群组有关的动态信息。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，第一对象集合被允许与一个或多个第二对象集合之间具有引用关系，例如在上述应用示例中团队A1可以与多个群组B2～B4之间具有引用关系；第二对象集合被允许与一个或多个第一对象集合之间具有引用关系，例如以上述应用示例中的群组B2为例，该群组B2除被团队A1引用以外，还可以同时被其他团队引用。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，第一对象集合本身可以并不具有实现信息交互的功能，由此第一对象集合的成员对象不能直接通过第一对象集合的形式进行信息交互，而是需要通过例如与该第一对象集合关联且具有信息交互功能的第二对象集合实现信息交互。
需要说明的是，在本公开的其他一些实施例中，在第一对象集合本身不具有实现信息交互的功能且该第一对象集合仅具有与该第一对象集合关联的一个第二对象集合的情况下，第一对象集合例如可以不直接向第一对象集合的成员对象提供信息交互功能，而是使得第一对象集合的成员对象通过第二对象集合进行信息交互，从而使第一对象集合间接具有提供信息交互的功能或效果。并且，第二对象集合的成员对象需要与第一对象集合的成员对象保持相同，以满足使得第一对象集合的全部成员对象通过该一个第二对象集合的形式实现信息交互的需求。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，在第二对象集合与第一对象集合具有第一关联关系(例如引用关系)的情况下，当第一对象集合被解散时，解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系，且保持第二对象集合。
例如，在第一对象集合被解散的情况下，由于第一对象集合在解散后已经不存在，因此在解散第一对象集合的同时，也需要解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系。并且，由于该引用关系的解除并不会对第二对象集合本身的存在产生影响，也即，该引用关系的解除或第一对象集合的解散不会导致第二对象集合的解散。因此，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系解除后，第二对象集合依旧保持存在，例如在该引用关系解除后，第二对象集合可以相对独立于第一对象集合存在。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，在第二对象集合与第一对象集合具有第一关联关系(例如引用关系)的情况下，当第二对象集合被解散时，解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系，且保持第一对象集合。
例如，在第二对象集合被解散的情况下，由于第二对象集合在解散后已经不存在，因此在解散第二对象集合的同时，也需要解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系。并且，由于该引用关系的解除并不会对第一对象集合本身的存在产生影响，也即，该引用关系的解除或第二对象集合的解散不会导致第一对象集合的解散。因此，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系解除后，第一对象集合依旧保持存在，例如在该引用关系解除后， 第一对象集合可以相对独立于第二对象集合存在。
图7为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种交互方法的具体示例的示意性流程图。需要说明的是，步骤S301和S302分别与图2中所示的交互方法中的步骤S10和S20基本相同或相似，关于步骤S301和S302的具体说明可以分别参考上述交互方法的实施例中对应于图2所示的步骤S10和S20的相关描述，重复之处不再赘述。
如图7所示，该交互方法包括以下步骤S301至S304。
步骤S301：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求。
步骤S302：响应于第一变更请求，建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见。
步骤S303：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第二变更请求。
步骤S304：响应于第二变更请求，将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为不同于第一关联关系的第二关联关系。
例如，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合具有第二关联关系的情况下，第二对象集合具有至少一个受控于第一对象集合的从属操作，或者第二对象集合的至少部分操作权限归属于第一对象集合。
例如，该第二关联关系可以为从属关系，例如在上述步骤S304中，第二对象集合可以“从属于”第一对象集合，第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，或者，也可以是指第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。
例如，当第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合时，第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互至少部分受控于第一对象集合，或者对第一对象集合的成员对象的至少部分操作对第二对象集合的成员对象产生影响。
例如，在一些示例中，在第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合的情况下，第二对象集合的成员对象与第一对象集合的成员对象保持一致。例如，在对第一对象集合的成员对象进行增加操作时，相应地对第二对象集合的成员对象进行增加操作；或者，在对第一对象集合的成员对象进行减少操作时，相应地对第二对象集合的成员对象进行减少操作。
例如，在图7所示的交互方法的示例中，可以通过将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系(即第一关联关系)变更为从属关系(即第二关联关系)，使第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合，进而得到一个从属于第一对象集合的特定对象集合。或者，在本公开的一些实施例中，也可以在建立第一对象集合与某一个对象集合之间的关联关系时，直接将该关联关系设置为从属关系。
例如，本公开一些实施例提供的交互方法还包括以下步骤S401和S402。
步骤S401：获取变更第一对象集合与第三对象集合之间的关联关系的第三变更请求。
步骤S402：响应于第三变更请求，建立第一对象集合与第三对象集合之间的第二关联关系。
例如，该第二关联关系可以为从属关系，例如在上述步骤S402中，第三对象集合可以“从属于”第一对象集合，第三对象集合所能够执行的操作权限受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，或者，也可以是指第三对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。在第一对象集合与第三对象集合具有从属关系的情况下，第三对象集合具有至少一个受控于第一对象集合的从属操作，或者第三对象集合的至少部分操作权限归属于第一对象集合。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，上述步骤S402还可以包括：响应于第三变更请求，解除第一对象集合与第三对象集合之间的从属关系，并分别保持第一对象集合和第三对象集合。例如，在第一对象集合与第三对象集合之间不再具有从属关系的情况下，第三对象集合不再具有受控于第一对象集合的从属操作，或者第三对象集合的操作权限不再归属于第一对象集合。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，针对与第一对象集合具有关联关系的某一对象集合(例如可以为上文中描述的第二对象集合或第三对象集合，或者也可以为其他对象集合，例如第 四对象集合等)，例如，当第一对象集合与该关联的对象集合N之间的关联关系是从属关系时，该对象集合N的成员对象与第一对象集合的成员对象保持一致；又例如，当第一对象集合的成员允许包括个体成员和集合成员，且该关联的对象集合N为第一对象集合的集合成员时，该关联的对象集合N中包括的至少部分成员对象具有第一对象集合的集合依赖成员身份属性，集合依赖成员身份属性与该关联的对象集合N相关联，例如集合成员为包括至少一个成员对象的成员对象集合；又例如，当第一对象集合的成员允许包括个体成员和集合成员，且该关联的对象集合N中包括的至少部分成员对象为第一对象集合的成员对象时，该关联的对象集合N为第一对象集合的集合成员；又例如，当第一对象集合的成员对象包括独立成员对象和集合依赖成员对象时，该关联的对象集合N中的至少部分成员对象为第一对象集合的集合依赖成员对象。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互方法，该交互方法包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；以及响应于变更请求，将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第一关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第二关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，第一影响不同于第二影响。
本公开上述实施例提供的交互方法在至少一个示例中可以有助于灵活地变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系，从而更好地满足用户不同的实际应用需求。
图8为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种交互方法的示意性流程图。
如图8所示，本公开实施例提供的交互方法包括步骤S11和步骤S12。
步骤S11：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求。
步骤S12：响应于变更请求，将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系。
例如，对于上述步骤S11和S12，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第一关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合能够针对第二对象集合执行的操作权限产生第一影响；在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第二关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合能够针对第二对象集合执行的操作权限产生第二影响，第一影响不同于第二影响。
例如，该第一关联关系可以为引用关系，例如第一对象集合引用第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合引用第一对象集合；该第二关联关系可以为从属关系，例如第一对象集合从属于第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合。
例如，以第二对象集合“从属于”第一对象集合为例，可以是指第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，或者，也可以是指第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。
例如，以第一对象集合“引用”第二对象集合为例，可以是指第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间彼此引用或彼此之间存在关联，并且第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限不受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围不受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。
例如，以第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系由从属关系变更为引用关系为例，第二对象集合由从属于第一对象集合变更为被第一对象集合引用，由此使得第二对象集合的部分或全部操作权限可以独立于第一对象集合，允许第二对象集合的部分或全部操作独立于第一对象集合控制。也即，第二对象集合在该变更之前相对于第一对象集合的独立操作权限少于第二对象集合在变更之后相对于第一对象集合的独立操作权限。例如，在上述变更后，第二对象集合的至少一部分操作权限不再归属于第一对象集合，也即，使第二对象集合的至少一部分操作不再依赖于第一对象集合实现。
例如，在第一对象集合引用第二对象集合的情况下，第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互均由第二对象集合管理，第一对象集合不具有对第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息 交互的管理权限；在第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合的情况下，第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互至少部分受控于第一对象集合。
例如，在第一对象集合引用第二对象集合的情况下，第二对象集合的成员对象变更均由第二对象集合管理，第一对象集合不具有变更第二对象集合的成员对象的操作权限；在第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合的情况下，对第一对象集合的成员对象的至少部分操作对第二对象集合的成员对象产生影响。
例如，在一些示例中，在第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合的情况下，第二对象集合的成员对象与第一对象集合的成员对象保持一致。例如，在对第一对象集合的成员对象进行增加操作时，相应地对第二对象集合的成员对象进行增加操作；或者，在对第一对象集合的成员对象进行减少操作时，相应地对第二对象集合的成员对象进行减少操作。
为了能使用户可以及时有效地了解与群组有关的动态信息，需要为用户提供便于查询或掌握相关动态信息的信息渠道。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互方法，该交互方法包括：获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；以及通过信息通道为第一对象集合的成员对象提供动态信息，信息通道不同于至少一个第二对象集合设置。
本公开上述实施例提供的交互方法在至少一个示例中，可以在第一对象集合中为第一对象集合的成员对象提供不同于第二对象集合的信息通道，由此使得第一对象集合的成员对象在获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息的过程中可以不需要依赖或借助第二对象集合，进而有助于第一对象集合中的各成员对象能够及时有效地获取与第一对象集合有关的动态信息，提升第一对象集合的成员对象获取相关动态信息的时效性和便利性。
此外，本公开上述实施例提供的交互方法在至少一个示例中，还可以降低或避免在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系发生变更时对第一对象集合内的例如信息传输、信息交互等功能可能产生的不利影响。
图9为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互方法的示意性流程图。该交互方法可以应用于图1所示的系统100中的服务器130上，或者也可以应用于用户终端110上，或者也可以应用于服务器130和用户终端110两者上。例如，使用人这样的用户可以通过用户终端110访问服务器130，并通过用户终端110上的客户端软件提供的操作界面进行操作，该交互方法例如应用于用户终端110上的协同办公应用程序或社交应用程序中。
如图9所示，本公开实施例提供的交互方法包括步骤SP10和步骤SP20。
步骤SP10：获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合。
步骤SP20：通过信息通道为第一对象集合的成员对象提供动态信息，信息通道不同于至少一个第二对象集合设置。
例如，对于上述步骤SP10，上述第一对象集合和第二对象集合可以分别为包含有一个或多个成员对象的集合。例如，该一个或多个成员对象可以为具有不同属性、不同功能或用于不同操作的各种类型且属于相应对象集合的成员对象。
例如，第一对象集合中可以包含一个或多个成员对象，该成员对象可以为用户或用户成员。例如，以本公开实施例提供的交互方法应用于协同办公应用程序为例，用户可以是指使用相关设备或网络服务的真实的人或实体，也即，真实存在的使用人。或者，第一对象集合中的该成员对象也可以是系统中设置的能够模拟人类对话的例如聊天机器人或服务助手等用于提供服务的计算机程序等。
例如，第一对象集合的每个成员对象的对象类型可以彼此相同，也可以彼此不同。例如，第一对象集合中的各成员对象可以均为使用相关设备或网络服务且真实存在的人或实体，或者第一对象集合中的成员对象也可以既包含有真实存在的使用者，也包含有例如聊天机器人或服务助手等提供服务的计算机程序等。例如，第一对象集合中既可以有以用户形式存在的成员对象，也可以有以用户集合(例如包含多个用户的一组用户)的形式存在的成员对象。
例如，第一对象集合的成员对象的类型与第二对象集合的成员对象的类型可以彼此相同， 也可以彼此不同。
例如，第二对象集合中可以包含一个或多个成员对象，该一个或多个成员对象例如可以为具有不同属性、不同功能或用于不同操作的各种类型且属于该第二对象集合的成员对象。例如，第二对象集合的成员对象可以为用户或用户成员，或者也可以是指系统中设置的能够模拟人类对话的例如聊天机器人或服务助手等用于提供服务的计算机程序等。例如，以本公开实施例提供的交互方法应用于协同办公应用程序为例，用户可以是指使用相关设备或网络服务的真实的人或实体，也即，真实存在的使用人。
例如，在一些示例中，第二对象集合中的每个成员对象的对象类型可以彼此相同，也可以彼此不同。例如，第二对象集合中的各成员对象可以均为使用相关设备或网络服务且真实存在的人或实体，或者第一对象集合和第二对象集合中的成员对象也可以既包含有真实存在的使用者，也包含有例如聊天机器人或服务助手等提供服务的计算机程序等。
本公开的一些实施例对第一对象集合的成员对象以及第二对象集合的成员对象的类型、属性、功能等均不作具体限制。
例如，第一对象集合和第二对象集合中还可以包括用于服务用户的控件，例如协作文档、日历、音视频会议等功能性控件或用于存储相关交互信息的容器性控件等。例如，控件是指对数据和方法的封装，控件可以服务于用户，以使用户通过控件实现不同交互操作或向用户提供不同交互功能、信息存储功能等。
例如，第一对象集合将成员对象组织起来，使得成员对象可以在第一对象集合下实现数据或信息交互。例如，成员对象可以直接通过第一对象集合的形式进行数据或信息交互，例如第一对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的群组或讨论组等；或者，也可以是第一对象集合下提供有用于成员对象进行数据或信息交互的平台或渠道等其他交互形式，以使成员对象能够在第一对象集合的整体组织架构下实现数据或信息交互。例如，第一对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的联系人组，并在该第一对象集合下设置例如群组或讨论群组等，以使用户通过上述群组或讨论组等进行信息交互。
例如，第二对象集合可以是服务于用户且用于提供使得第二对象集合的成员对象之间能够进行数据或信息交互的平台或渠道等，以使第二对象集合的成员对象可以直接通过第二对象集合的形式进行数据或信息交互。例如，第二对象集合可以是将多个用户分别作为多个成员对象且包含有多个用户的聊天群组，由此使多个用户可以在该聊天群组中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频或网络链接等信息的交互。
例如，在第二对象集合与第一对象集合关联的情况下，第一对象集合的成员对象可以通过访问第二对象集合中的例如文档、日历、远程会议等并进行相应的操作处理，从而使得第一对象集合中的成员对象能够通过第二对象集合的形式实现对不同类型的信息或操作的交互。
本公开的一些实施例中对第一对象集合和第二对象集合的具体形式、功能或类型等均不作具体限制。
例如，第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有关联关系。例如，该关联关系可以为从属关系，例如第一对象集合从属于第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合；又例如，该关联关系也可以为引用关系，例如第一对象集合引用第二对象集合，或者第二对象集合引用第一对象集合；本公开的实施例对此不作具体限制。
例如，以第二对象集合“从属于”第一对象集合为例，可以是指第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，或者，也可以是指第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。
例如，以第一对象集合“引用”第二对象集合为例，可以是指第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间彼此引用或彼此之间存在关联，并且第二对象集合所能够执行的操作权限不受限于第一对象集合所能够执行的操作权限，第二对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围不受限于第一对象集合的信息传输边界或传输范围内。第一对象集合的用户成员能够通过第一对象集合的入口找到第一对象集合“引用”的第二对象集合，即方便查找第二对象集合。
例如，在第一对象集合和第二对象集合之间的关联关系为引用关系的情况下，第二对象 集合的成员对象的增减操作可以与第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作彼此独立。也即，第二对象集合所能够执行的针对第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作的操作权限不受限于第一对象集合，第一对象集合所能够执行的针对第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作的操作权限不受限于第二对象集合。例如，第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作可以由第一对象集合独自管理，第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作可以由第二对象集合独自管理。
当第一对象集合的成员对象发生变更时，第二对象集合的成员对象不发生改变。例如，当第一对象集合有新的成员对象加入时，第二对象集合不需要加入该成员对象，或者该新的成员对象是否需要加入第二对象集合由第二对象集合自行决定或管理；当有成员对象从第一对象集合中退出时，该成员对象不需要从第二对象集合退出，或者该成员对象是否需要从第二对象集合退出由第二对象集合自行决定或管理。
当第二对象集合的成员对象发生变更时，第一对象集合的成员对象不发生改变。例如，当第二对象集合有新的成员对象加入时，第一对象集合不需要加入该成员对象，或者该新的成员对象是否需要加入第一对象集合由第一对象集合自行决定或管理；当有成员对象从第二对象集合中退出时，该成员对象不需要从第一对象集合退出，或者该成员对象是否需要从第一对象集合退出由第一对象集合自行决定或管理。
例如，第一对象集合的成员对象可以通过第二对象集合进行信息交互，第二对象集合内的信息交互由第二对象集合管理，也即，第二对象集合所能够执行的针对第二对象集合内的信息交互的管理权限、控制权限或操作权限不受限于第一对象集合。
例如，第二对象集合中的信息交互可以包括针对特定或不特定成员对象的如下任一操作：发送或接收文本信息；发送或接收语音信息；发送或接收视频信息；发送或接收图片信息；或者发送或接收网络链接信息等。网络链接信息例如可以是针对各种适当的网络资源的连接，例如，网页、音频、视频、动态图片、可执行代码等，可执行代码例如可以为小程序、脚本(例如javascript脚本等)等，以实现相应功能。
需要说明的是，通过第二对象集合的形式所能够实现的信息交互包括但并不限于上述这些情况，本公开的实施例对第二对象集合能够实现的信息交互的类型或方式等均不作具体限制。例如，操作可以发出的信息可以是被全部成员对象关注的，或者操作发出的信息可以是要求特定对象关注的。
例如，关于第一对象集合的动态信息包括与第一对象集合的状态变更有关的动态信息，例如第一对象集合的名称、简介等基本信息发生变更。又例如，关于第一对象集合的动态信息还包括与第一对象集合的成员对象变更有关的动态信息，例如有新的成员对象加入第一对象集合或者有成员对象退出第一对象集合等。又例如，关于第一对象集合的动态信息还包括关于第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系变更的动态信息，例如第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间建立了例如引用关系或从属关系等关联关系、第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间建立的关联关系解除、或者第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系由例如引用关系变更为从属关系等。本公开的实施例对动态信息的具体类型、内容等均不作具体限制。
例如，在本公开的实施例中，对于上述步骤SP20，信息通道可以是主动向第一对象集合的成员对象推送动态信息的例如消息通知推送通道，或者也可以是由第一对象集合的成员对象主动进行查看以获取相关动态信息的例如动态信息展示页等，由此使得第一对象集合的成员对象可以通过提供的信息通道及时有效地获取与第一对象集合有关的动态信息。
例如，该信息通道不同于第二对象集合设置，例如该信息通道可以独立于第二对象集合设置，也即，该信息通道与第二对象集合之间彼此独立，该信息通道上的信息传输或信息交互等不需要借助或依靠第二对象集合。由此，既可以有利于降低或避免在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系发生变更时对第一对象集合内的例如信息传输、信息交互等功能可能产生的不利影响，还可以提升第一对象集合的成员对象通过信息通道获取相关动态信息的时效性和便利性。
例如，信息通道可以为用于向第一对象集合的成员对象提供动态信息的单向信息通道，例如第一对象集合的成员对象仅通过信息通道接收相应的动态信息。又例如，该信息通道也可以为用于向第一对象集合的成员对象提供动态信息，且允许第一对象集合的成员对象按照 预设方式进行信息交互的双向信息通道，例如第一对象集合的成员对象在通过该信息通道接收相应的动态信息的同时，还可以通过该信息通道与例如第一对象集合的其他成员对象之间进行信息交互等。
下面，为了清楚地说明本公开的技术方案，本公开的一些实施例以第一对象集合的成员对象为用户且第一对象集合为包括多个用户的第一用户集合，以及第二对象集合的成员对象为用户且第二对象集合为包括多个用户的第二用户集合为例，对本公开实施例提供的交互方法中的各个步骤进行具体说明。需要说明的是，本公开提供的交互方法包括但并不仅限于此。
例如，下文中提及的“第一对象集合的成员对象”可以理解为第一对象集合的用户，也即“第一用户集合”、或“第一用户集合的用户”；“第二对象集合的成员对象”可以理解为第二对象集合的用户，也即“第二用户集合”、或“第二用户集合的用户”。
例如，在一些示例中，该“第一对象集合”可以表示或理解为包括多个用户的一个“团队”、“组织”、“群组”或“组”等；“第二对象集合”可以表示或理解为包括多个用户的一个“群组”或“组”等，例如一个用于多个用户在群组中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接等信息交互的即时通讯的聊天群组。
例如，在协同办公软件的一个示例性应用场景中，“第一对象集合”即为协同办公软件中包括多个团队成员(例如用户或用户成员)的“团队”，“第二对象集合”即为协同办公应用程序中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的“群组”，团队中的多个团队成员分别作为团队的成员对象，群组中的多个群组成员分别作为群组的成员对象，团队的访问入口例如可以展示在应用该协同办公应用程序的客户端提供的操作界面中，用户可以通过例如点击该团队的访问入口访问团队，例如进入团队页面。例如，“团队”可以包括一个部门的全体员工，一个或多个“群组”可以对应于部门下不同类型的分组，例如包括部门全体员工的部门内部事项沟通组，又例如包括部门的主要负责人的部门管理事项沟通组，又例如由部门中负责对接不同项目的员工分别组建的不同项目组，例如由负责处理第一项目的员工组建的第一项目组、由负责处理第二项目的员工组建的第二项目组、由负责处理第三项目的员工组建的第三项目组等。这些群组均被部门这个团队引用，在这些群组中，各自的成员可以进行聊天、分享信息等。
例如，团队内的一个员工可以具有对一个或多个群组的访问权限，例如该员工可以同时属于一个或多个群组。在该员工使用该协同办公软件的使用界面中，可以同时列出这个团队以及在这个团队下关联的一个或多个群组，并且可以在这些群组中进行相应的信息访问、交流、分享等。不同员工由于在团队中对不同的群组具有访问权限，例如该员工在团队中属于不同的群组，因此不同员工在使用该协同办公软件时所得到的使用界面不同。
例如，在协同办公软件的另一个示例性应用场景中，“第一对象集合”即为协同办公软件中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的“第一群组”，“第二对象集合”即为协同办公应用程序中包括多个群组成员(例如用户或用户成员)的“第二群组”，第一群组中的多个群组成员分别作为第一群组的成员对象，第二群组中的多个群组成员分别作为第二群组的成员对象。第一群组的访问入口例如可以展示在应用该协同办公应用程序的客户端提供的操作界面中，用户可以通过例如点击该第一群组的访问入口访问第一群组，例如进入第一群组页面。例如，“第一群组”可以包括负责处理第一项目的员工组建的第一项目组，“第二群组”可以包括负责处理第二项目的员工组建的第二项目组。例如，第二群组被第一群组引用。在第二群组通过第一群组对用户可见(例如用户具有通过第一群组对第二群组的访问权限)的情况下，第一群组页面中可以显示第二群组并提供第二群组的访问入口，以使用户可以在通过第一群组的访问入口进入第一群组页面后，可以通过例如点击该第一群组页面中提供的第二群组的访问入口来获取关于第二群组的相关数据或信息等。例如，在用户具有对第二群组的访问权限的情况下，用户还可以通过例如点击第一群组页面中提供的第二群组的访问入口，访问第二群组或进入相应的第二群组页面。由此，可方便用户通过第一群组找到第二群组。在第一群组和第二群组中，各自的成员可以进行聊天、分享信息等。
例如，在协同办公软件的另一个示例性应用场景中，在公司内创建多个“第一对象集合”即“团队”，包括负责产品项目1的全部员工的“产品1团队”，包括负责产品项目2的全 部员工的“产品2团队”等。对于每个团队，还可以创建从属于该团队的一个或多个“第二对象集合”即“群组”，对应于负责处理该产品项目的不同任务的群组。例如，对于“产品1团队”，可以创建包括参与产品项目1的全部员工的“日常沟通群”，包括负责开发产品项目1的全部员工的“产品1开发群”，包括负责运营产品项目1的全部员工的“产品1运营群”，包括处理产品项目1的用户需求反馈的“产品1功能反馈群”等等。例如，对于“产品2团队”，可以创建包括参与产品项目2的全部员工的“日常沟通群”，包括负责开发产品项目2的全部员工的“产品2开发群”，包括负责运营产品项目2的全部员工的“产品2运营群”，包括处理产品项目2的用户需求反馈的“产品2功能反馈群”等等。
例如，某一员工在对应的协同办公软件中可以属于一个或多个团队，例如可以仅属于“产品1团队”或“产品2团队”，或者也可以同时属于“产品1团队”和“产品2团队”，并且在某一团队内可以属于一个或多个群组。在该员工使用该线上办公软件的使用界面中，可以同时列出这一个或多个团队以及在每个团队下的一个或多个群组，并且可以在这些群组中进行相应的信息交流、分享等。不同员工由于可能属于不同的团队或在某一团队中属于不同的群组，相应地，不同员工在使用该线上办公软件时所得到的使用界面不同。
例如，在上述应用场景中，团队的动态信息可以包括团队的状态变更信息，例如包括团队的名称变更、团队的职能简介变更、团队的主要负责人变更、团队的联系方式变更等；又例如，团队的动态信息还可以包括团队的成员对象的变更信息，也即关于团队内的员工发生变更的动态信息，例如关于有新的员工加入团队(也即，作为新的成员对象加入团队)的动态信息、有员工离开团队(也即，不再是属于团队的成员对象)的动态信息等；又例如，团队的动态信息还可以包括团队与群组的关联状态变更信息，例如包括关于团队下增设新的群组或者团队与新的群组建立关联关系的动态信息、团队下不再设立某一群组(例如团队下设立的某一群组被解散)或者该群组不再与团队之间具有关联关系的动态信息等。
例如，动态信息包括文本信息、语音信息、视频信息、图片信息、或网络链接信息等，本公开实施例对于提供的动态信息的类型、内容等均不作具体限制。
图10为本公开一些实施例提供的一种基于第一对象集合的应用示例的示意图。
例如，在图10所示的示例中，第二对象集合B1～B3与第一对象集合A1之间的关联关系可以通过可视化的方式进行呈现。例如，在应用程序的图形化用户界面中，第二对象集合B1～B3显示为位于第一对象集合A1之下，且向右侧内缩。例如，第二对象集合B1～B3可以为即时通讯的聊天群组，也即群组B1、群组B2、群组B3；第二对象集合B1～B3均与第一对象集合A1(例如团队A1)关联。
例如，如图10所示，当用户(例如第一对象集合A1中的某一成员对象)在操作界面中通过例如点击选中第二对象集合B2时，在窗口的右侧页面内可以列出部分或全部成员，并且提供进行聊天、信息分享的子窗口，例如聊天界面CHT，使得第二对象集合B2中的成员对象能够在第二对象集合B2中进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频等信息交互。例如，第二对象集合B2中的各成员对象可以在该聊天群组的聊天界面CHT内发送例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接或用户名片等信息以实现在该聊天群组中的信息交互，又例如发起线上会议等。
例如，如图10所示，在右侧的子窗口中，聊天界面CHT用于显示第二对象集合B2中的各成员对象发送的信息(例如成员对象USR1和USR2发送的信息)，用户可以通过在子窗口下方的信息输入框INPT中输入想要发送的文本信息，以与第二对象集合B2中的其他成员对象进行信息交互。用户也可以点击信息输入框INPT右侧的图标，并在显示的子界面中选择发送除文本以外的例如图片、音频、视频、网络链接或用户名片等其他类型的信息。
例如，以上述线上办公软件的其中一个应用场景为例，第一对象集合A1可以为包括负责产品项目1的全部员工的“产品1团队”，第二对象集合B1可以为与“产品1团队”关联的包括参与产品项目1的全部员工的“日常沟通群”，第二对象集合B2可以为与“产品1团队”关联的包括负责开发产品项目1的全部员工的“产品1开发群”，第三对象集合B3可以为与“产品1团队”关联的包括负责运营产品项目1的全部员工的“产品1运营群”。
例如，图10中所示的是某个用户通过用户终端中运行的客户端在使用该线上办公软件过程中的使用界面。例如，该客户端不会展示该用户所不属于的团队的信息(例如列表等)或群组的信息。例如，该用户仅属于“产品1团队”，不属于“产品2团队”，则客户端不会展示该用户所不属于的“产品2团队”的信息。例如，该用户属于与“产品1团队”关联的“日常沟通群”(第二对象集合B1)、“产品1开发群”(第二对象集合B2)和“产品1运营群”(第二对象集合B3)，但不属于与“产品1团队”关联的“产品1功能反馈群”(例如第二对象集合B4)，则客户端不会展示该用户所不属于的“产品1功能反馈群”的信息。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，上述步骤SP20中的信息通道包括与第一对象集合关联的第一页面，动态信息展示在第一页面中。
例如，以图10所示的应用示例为例，如图11A和图11B所示，当用户在操作界面中通过例如点击选中第一对象集合A1时，在窗口的右侧页面内会提供与第一对象集合A1关联的第一页面PAG1，该第一页面PAG1中包括例如通过点击标签INF1和INF2来进行转换的信息管理页(例如，团队信息管理页)中的成员对象信息展示页和动态信息展示页。例如，当标签INF1被选中时，第一页面PAG1中显示如图11A中所示的成员对象信息展示页；当标签INF2被选中时，第一页面PAG1中显示如图11B中所示的动态信息展示页。
例如，如图11A所示，成员对象信息展示页用于展示第一对象集合A1的成员对象的身份信息，例如各成员对象的名称、头像等个人身份信息等。例如，在该成员对象信息展示页列出的各成员对象的身份信息中，操作用户端的用户的身份信息可以作为第一项列出，例如对应于图11A中所示的USR0。
例如，如图11B所示，动态信息展示页用于展示关于第一对象集合A1的动态信息，由此用户可以在各自的用户端通过该动态信息展示页浏览与第一对象集合A1有关的动态信息。
例如，在图11B所示的动态信息展示页中，各项动态信息可以按动态操作的响应时间进行排序，例如各项动态信息在动态信息展示页中可以按照响应时间的时间先后进行排序。
例如，动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2对应的响应时间为TIMEL1，动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4对应的响应时间为TIMEL2，则可以将动态信息NOTC1、NOTC2、NOTC3和NOTC4分别按照响应时间TIMEL1和TIMEL2进行划分，并按预定顺序显示。例如，响应时间TIMEL1和TIMEL2可以为包括年月日的日期。例如，响应时间TIMEL2早于TIMEL1，则在响应时间TIMEL1产生的动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2在该动态信息展示页中位于在响应时间TIMEL2产生的动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4的上方。
例如，动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2显示为位于响应时间TIMEL1之下，并且向右侧内缩。动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2可以按照具体响应时间点(例如具体的日期、小时、分钟、秒等时间单位)的先后顺序在响应时间TIMEL1下排序。例如，动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4显示为位于响应时间TIMEL2之下，并且向右侧内缩。动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4可以按照具体响应时间点(例如具体的日期、小时、分钟、秒等时间单位)的先后顺序在响应时间TIMEL2下排序。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，也可以是在信息通道中先将动态信息按照不同的信息类型进行分组，再将每组中的各项动态信息按照响应时间的时间先后进行排序。
例如，以图11A和11B所示的应用示例为例，当第一对象集合A1为团队，且第二对象集合B1～B3均为群组时，例如该动态信息可以包括团队的状态变更，例如团队的名称发生变更、团队的职能简介发生变更、团队的主要负责人发生变更、团队的联系方式发生变更等；又例如，该动态信息也可以包括团队的成员变更的消息通知，例如有新的成员对象加入团队或者有成员对象离开团队等；又例如，该动态信息也可以包括团队与群组之间的关联关系的变更，例如团队下增设新的群组B4，团队下不再设立群组B1(或者B2、B3)，或者团队与群组B1(或者B2、B3)之间仍具有关联关系，但该关联关系例如由从属关系变更为引用关系等；又例如，该动态信息也可以包括群组B1～B3的信息变更，例如群组B1～B3被解散或者群组B1～B3的名称、管理者等发生变更等。
例如，根据动态信息的不同类型，该动态信息NOTC1、NOTC2、NOTC3和NOTC4中可以包括相应的跳转链接、成员对象名称或者第二对象集合名称等，以使用户可以通过点击 相应的跳转链接、成员对象名称或者第二对象集合名称等获取相应内容或页面。
例如，当动态信息中包括跳转链接时，用户可以通过点击跳转链接访问与动态信息相关联的内容页。例如，当动态信息中包括成员对象名称时，用户可以通过点击该成员对象名称访问该成员对象的个人信息页面，例如个人主页或展示个人简介信息的页面或窗口等，例如可以通过点击该成员对象名称跳转至该成员对象的个人信息页面，或者该成员对象的个人信息页面也可以通过例如浮窗的形式显示在页面中。例如，当动态信息中包括第二对象集合名称时，如果用户具有对该第二对象集合的访问权限，则用户可以通过点击该第二对象集合名称访问相应的第二对象集合，例如可以通过点击该第二对象集合名称跳转至该第二对象集合的群组信息管理页；如果用户不具有对该第二对象集合的访问权限，则该第二对象集合名称不具有跳转链接功能。
例如，当动态信息中包括成员对象名称时，如果该成员对象的名称发生变化，则动态信息展示页中显示的该成员对象的名称也相应地调整。例如，当动态信息中包括第二对象集合名称时，如果该第二对象集合的名称发生变化，则动态信息展示页中显示的该第二对象集合名称也相应地调整。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，上述步骤SP20中的信息通道还可以包括与第一对象集合的各成员对象对应的消息通知推送通道，例如对于第一对象集合的各成员对象分别单独设置的消息通知推送通道，以使得第一对象集合的各成员对象的消息通知推送通道彼此独立。
例如，以图10所示的应用示例为例，如图12所示，关于第一对象集合A1的动态消息还可以通过单独设置的消息通知推送通道NOTC提供给各个用户。例如，该消息通知推送通道NOTC可以对应于相应的用户在该用户使用的用户端的操作界面上进行推送显示。
例如，当有关于第一对象集合A1的新的动态消息产生时，该动态消息可以通过消息通知推送通道NOTC显示在用户端的操作界面上并停留一段时间，以使用户可以浏览该消息通知推送通道NOTC中推送的消息通知，或者也可以通过点击该消息通知推送通道NOTC中提供的链接跳转至相应界面。
例如，如果当动态消息通过消息通知推送通道NOTC在操作界面上显示并停留一段时间后，用户仍然没有对消息通知推送通道NOTC进行任何操作，则该消息通知推送通道NOTC不再显示在操作界面中。用户后续可以通过例如点击操作界面上的指定位置或下拉操作来使得该消息通知推送通道NOTC重新在操作界面中显示。
例如，以图11A和11B所示的应用示例为例，当第一对象集合A1为团队，且第二对象集合B1～B3均为群组时，该消息通知推送通道可以被配置为向用户推送关于团队A1的状态变更的消息通知，例如团队的名称发生变更、团队的职能简介发生变更、团队的主要负责人发生变更、团队的联系方式发生变更等。又例如，该消息通知推送通道还可以用于向用户推送关于团队A1的成员对象变更的消息通知，例如有新的成员对象加入团队A1的消息通知、有成员对象离开团队A1的消息通知等。又例如，该消息通知推送通道还可以用于向用户推送关于团队A1与群组B1～B3的关联状态变更的消息通知，例如团队下增设新的群组B4，团队下不再设立群组B1(或者B2、B3)，或者团队与群组B1(或者B2、B3)之间仍具有关联关系，但该关联关系例如由从属关系变更为引用关系等。又例如，该消息通知推送通道还可以用于向用户推送关于群组B1～B3的信息变更的消息通知，例如群组B1～B3被解散或者群组B1～B3的例如名称、管理者发生变更等。
例如，在图12所示的消息通知推送通道NOTC中，各项消息通知可以按动态操作的响应时间进行排序，例如各项动态信息在消息通知推送通道NOTC中可以按照响应时间的时间先后进行排序。
例如，动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2对应的响应时间为TIMEL1，动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4对应的响应时间为TIMEL2，则可以将动态信息NOTC1、NOTC2、NOTC3和NOTC4分别按照响应时间TIMEL1和TIMEL2进行划分，并按预定顺序显示。例如，响应时间TIMEL1和TIMEL2可以为包括年月日的日期。例如，响应时间TIMEL2早于TIMEL1，则在响应时间TIMEL1产生的动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2在该动态信息展示页中位于在响应时间TIMEL2产生的动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4的上方。
例如，动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2显示为位于响应时间TIMEL1之下，并且向右侧内缩。动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2可以按照具体响应时间点(例如具体的日期、小时、分钟、秒等时间单位)的先后顺序在响应时间TIMEL1下排序。例如，动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4显示为位于响应时间TIMEL2之下，并且向右侧内缩。动态信息NOTC3和NOTC4可以按照具体响应时间点(例如具体的日期、小时、分钟、秒等时间单位)的先后顺序在响应时间TIMEL2下排序。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，根据关于第一对象集合A1的动态信息的不同类型，该动态信息被推送的成员对象也相应不同。
例如，关于第一对象集合A1的状态变更的消息通知，可以向第一对象集合A1的部分成员对象或全部成员对象推送；关于第一对象集合A1的成员对象增加的消息通知，可以向第一对象集合A1的部分成员对象或全部成员对象推送；关于第一对象集合A1的成员对象减少的消息通知，可以仅向第一对象集合A1的部分成员对象推送，例如仅向第一对象集合A1的管理者进行推送；关于第一对象集合A1的关联状态变更的消息通知，可以向第一对象集合A1的部分成员对象或全部成员对象推送。
例如，以图10所示的应用示例为例，当第一对象集合A1为团队，且第二对象集合B1为该团队A1下设置的私有群组时，也即，该群组B1仅对团队A1中的部分成员对象公开，如果将群组B1由对团队A1的部分成员对象公开变为对团队A1的全部成员对象均公开时，也即，由群组B1向团队A1的部分成员对象提供访问权限变更为群组B1向团队A1的全部成员对象提供访问权限，则该信息变更的消息通知向团队A1的全部成员对象推送。
例如，消息通知推送通道采用的推送方式可以取决于要推送的信息类型确定。例如，关于第一对象集合A1的状态变更的消息通知可以采用例如声音、振动、弹窗等强提醒的第一提示方式向第一对象集合A1的成员对象进行推送。又例如，关于第一对象集合A1的成员对象变更或关联状态变更等则可以仅采用例如横幅等弱提醒的第二提示方式进行推送。
例如，第二提示方式的提醒强度弱于第一提示方式的提醒强度。第二提示方式例如可以采用仅接收通知但不主动向用户发出提醒的弱提醒方式，第一提示方式例如可以采用通过提示音、振动、弹窗等方式主动向用户发出提醒的强提醒方式。由此，可以在使得第一对象集合的成员对象能够随时掌握相应的动态信息的情况下，减弱或避免对第一对象集合的成员对象不必要的打扰。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，消息通知推送通道还可以设置有允许与第一对象集合A1的成员对象进行信息交互的控件模块，例如机器人助手。
例如，以图10所示的应用示例为例，如图13所示，团队A1的成员对象可以包括机器人助手小A，机器人助手小A可以与用户成员建立信息交互，进而可以通过机器人助手小A向各用户成员提供关于团队A1的动态信息，以实现消息通知推送通道的功能。
例如，如图13所示，当用户在操作界面中通过例如点击选中机器人助手小A时，在窗口的右侧页面内可以提供与机器人助手小A进行聊天的子窗口，例如聊天界面CHT，使得用户可以与机器人助手小A进行例如文本、图片、语音、视频等信息交互。例如，用户可以在该聊天界面CHT内发送例如文本、图片、语音、视频、网络链接等信息。
例如，如图13所示，在右侧的子窗口中，聊天界面CHT可以用于显示机器人助手小A向用户发送的关于团队A1的动态信息NOTC1和NOTC2，用户也可以通过在子窗口下方的信息输入框INPT中输入想要发送的文本信息，例如想要查询的关于团队A1的信息、关于团队A1的问题咨询等，以与该机器人助手小A进行信息交互。用户也可以点击信息输入框INPT右侧的图标，并在显示的子界面中选择发送除文本以外的例如图片、音频、视频、网络链接等其他类型的信息。
需要说明的是，除向用户提供关于团队A1的动态信息以外，该机器人助手小A还可以提供例如信息查询、问题咨询等其他信息交互服务，本公开的实施例对此不作具体限制。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，第一对象集合本身可以并不具有实现信息交互的功能，由此第一对象集合的成员对象不能直接通过第一对象集合的形式进行信息交互，而是需要通过例如与该第一对象集合关联且具有信息交互功能的第二对象集合实现信息交互。
例如，第一对象集合和第二对象集合之间的关联关系例如可以为引用关系或从属关系等。
例如，当第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有引用关系时，以第一对象集合引用第二对象集合为例，第二对象集合可以通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的部分成员对象或全部成员对象可见，例如第一对象集合的部分成员对象或全部成员对象可以通过第一对象集合来获取关于第二对象集合的相关数据或信息等，从而有助于在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间提供及时有效的信息沟通或信息获取渠道。
例如，在一些示例中，在第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合的情况下，第二对象集合的成员对象与第一对象集合的成员对象保持一致。例如，在对第一对象集合的成员对象进行增加操作时，相应地对第二对象集合的成员对象进行增加操作；或者，在对第一对象集合的成员对象进行减少操作时，相应地对第二对象集合的成员对象进行减少操作。
例如，在一些示例中，可以通过将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的引用关系变更为从属关系，使第二对象集合从属于第一对象集合，进而得到一个从属于第一对象集合的特定对象集合。或者，在本公开的一些实施例中，也可以在建立第一对象集合与某一个对象集合之间的关联关系时，直接将该关联关系设置为从属关系。
需要说明的是，在本公开的其他一些实施例中，在第一对象集合本身不具有实现信息交互的功能且该第一对象集合仅具有与该第一对象集合关联的一个第二对象集合的情况下，第一对象集合例如可以不直接向第一对象集合的成员对象提供信息交互功能，而是使得第一对象集合的成员对象通过第二对象集合进行信息交互，从而使第一对象集合间接具有提供信息交互的功能或效果。并且，第二对象集合的成员对象需要与第一对象集合的成员对象保持相同，以满足使得第一对象集合的全部成员对象通过该一个第二对象集合的形式实现信息交互的需求。
例如，在本公开的一些实施例中，在第二对象集合与第一对象集合具有关联关系的情况下，当第一对象集合被解散时，解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系，且保持第二对象集合。
例如，在第一对象集合被解散的情况下，由于第一对象集合在解散后已经不存在，因此在解散第一对象集合的同时，也需要解除第一对象集合与该第一对象集合关联的第二对象集合之间的关联关系。并且，由于该关联关系的解除并不会对第二对象集合本身的存在产生影响，也即，该关联关系的解除或第一对象集合的解散不会导致第二对象集合的解散。因此，在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系解除后，第二对象集合依旧保持存在，例如在该关联关系解除后，第二对象集合可以相对独立于第一对象集合存在。
需要说明的是，在本公开的实施例中，本公开上述各个实施例提供的交互方法的流程可以包括更多或更少的操作，这些操作可以顺序执行或并行执行。虽然上文描述的交互方法的流程包括特定顺序出现的多个操作，但是应该清楚地了解，多个操作的顺序并不受限制。上文描述的交互方法可以执行一次，也可以按照预定条件执行多次。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互装置，该交互装置包括关系变更请求获取单元和关系变更请求响应单元。关系变更请求获取单元配置为获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求。关系变更请求响应单元配置为：响应于第一变更请求，建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者响应于第一变更请求，解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持第一对象集合和第二对象集合。
本公开上述实施例提供的交互装置在至少一个示例中可以有助于灵活地变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系，从而既可以通过建立的第一关联关系在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间提供及时有效的信息沟通或信息获取渠道，同时也可以降低或避免对第一对象集合和第二对象集合内的例如信息传输及信息交互管理、成员对象管理、操作权限管理等可能产生的不利影响。
图14为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互装置的示意框图。
例如，如图14所示，该交互装置600包括关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响 应单元602。
关系变更请求获取单元601配置为获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求。例如，关系变更请求获取单元601可以执行图2中所示的交互方法中的步骤S10。
关系变更请求响应单元602配置为：响应于第一变更请求，建立第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者响应于第一变更请求，解除第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使第二对象集合不再通过第一对象集合对第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持第一对象集合和第二对象集合。例如，关系变更请求响应单元602可以执行图2中所示的交互方法中的步骤S20。
例如，关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602包括存储在存储器中的代码和程序；处理器可以执行该代码和程序以实现如上所述的关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602的一些功能或全部功能。例如，关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602可以是专用硬件器件，用来实现如上所述的关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602的一些或全部功能。例如，关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602可以是一个电路板或多个电路板的组合，用于实现如上所述的功能。在本申请实施例中，该一个电路板或多个电路板的组合可以包括：(1)一个或多个处理器；(2)与处理器相连接的一个或多个非暂时的存储器；以及(3)处理器可执行的存储在存储器中的固件。
需要说明的是，关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602的具体说明可以分别参考上述交互方法的实施例中对应于图2所示的步骤S10和步骤S20的相关描述。此外，交互装置可以实现与前述交互方法相似的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互装置，该交互装置包括关系变更请求获取单元和关系变更请求响应单元。关系变更请求获取单元配置为：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求。关系变更请求响应单元配置为：响应于变更请求，将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系。在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第一关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第二关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，第一影响不同于第二影响。
例如，以图14所示的交互装置600为例，在本公开的一些实施例中，关系变更请求获取单元601配置为获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求。例如，关系变更请求获取单元601可以执行图8中所示的交互方法中的步骤S11。关系变更请求响应单元602配置为：响应于变更请求，将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系。例如，关系变更请求响应单元602可以执行图8中所示的交互方法中的步骤S12。在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第一关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间具有第二关联关系的情况下，第一对象集合对第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，第一影响不同于第二影响。
需要说明的是，上述交互装置以及其中包括的关系变更请求获取单元和关系变更请求响应单元的具体说明可以分别参考上述交互方法的实施例中对应于图8所示的步骤S11和步骤S12的相关描述，或者其具体实现方式也可以参考上述其他交互装置的实施例中对应于图14所示的交互装置600以及其中包括的关系变更请求获取单元601和关系变更请求响应单元602的相关描述，在此不再赘述。此外，交互装置可以实现与前述交互方法相似的技术效果。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种交互装置，该交互装置包括动态信息获取单元和信息通道单元；动态信息获取单元被配置为获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；信息通道单元被配置为通过信息通道为第一对象集合的成员对象提供 动态信息，信息通道不同于至少一个第二对象集合设置。
本公开上述实施例提供的交互装置可以在第一对象集合中为第一对象集合的成员对象提供独立于第二对象集合的信息通道，由此使得第一对象集合的成员对象在获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息的过程中可以不需要依赖或借助第二对象集合，进而有助于第一对象集合中的各成员对象能够及时有效地获取与第一对象集合有关的动态信息，提升第一对象集合的成员对象获取相关动态信息的时效性和便利性。
图15为本公开一些实施例提供的一种交互装置的示意框图。
例如，如图15所示，该交互装置1600包括动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602。
动态信息获取单元1601被配置为获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合。例如，动态信息获取单元1601可以执行图9中所示的交互方法中的步骤SP10。
信息通道单元1602被配置为通过信息通道为第一对象集合的成员对象提供动态信息，信息通道不同于至少一个第二对象集合设置。例如，信息通道单元1602可以执行图9中所示的交互方法中的步骤SP20。
例如，动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602包括存储在存储器中的代码和程序；处理器可以执行该代码和程序以实现如上所述的动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602的一些功能或全部功能。例如，动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602可以是专用硬件器件，用来实现如上所述的动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602的一些或全部功能。例如，动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602可以是一个电路板或多个电路板的组合，用于实现如上所述的功能。在本申请实施例中，该一个电路板或多个电路板的组合可以包括：(1)一个或多个处理器；(2)与处理器相连接的一个或多个非暂时的存储器；以及(3)处理器可执行的存储在存储器中的固件。
需要说明的是，动态信息获取单元1601和信息通道单元1602的具体说明可以分别参考上述交互方法的实施例中对应于图9所示的步骤SP10和步骤SP20的相关描述。此外，交互装置可以实现与前述交互方法相似的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
本公开至少一个实施例还提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括处理器和存储器。该存储器包括一个或多个计算机可执行指令。一个或多个计算机可执行指令被存储在存储器中并被配置为由处理器执行，一个或多个计算机可执行指令用于实现本公开任一实施例提供的交互方法。
图16为本公开一些实施例提供的一种电子设备的示意框图。如图16所示，该电子设备300包括处理器310和存储器320，可以用于实现客户端或服务器。存储器320用于非瞬时性地存储有计算机可执行指令(例如一个或多个计算机程序模块)。处理器310用于运行该计算机可执行指令，该计算机可执行指令被处理器310运行时可以执行上文所述的交互方法中的一个或多个步骤，进而实现上文所述的交互方法。存储器320和处理器310可以通过总线系统和/或其它形式的连接机构(未示出)互连。
例如，处理器310可以是中央处理单元(CPU)、图形处理单元(GPU)或者具有数据处理能力和/或程序执行能力的其它形式的处理单元。例如，中央处理单元(CPU)可以为X86或ARM架构等。处理器310可以为通用处理器或专用处理器，可以控制电子设备300中的其它组件以执行期望的功能。
例如，存储器320可以包括一个或多个计算机程序产品的任意组合，计算机程序产品可以包括各种形式的计算机可读存储介质，例如易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。易失性存储器例如可以包括随机存取存储器(RAM)和/或高速缓冲存储器(cache)等。非易失性存储器例如可以包括只读存储器(ROM)、硬盘、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM)、便携式紧致盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、USB存储器、闪存等。在计算机可读存储介质上可以存储一个或多个计算机程序模块，处理器310可以运行一个或多个计算机程序模块，以实现电子设备300的各种功能。在计算机可读存储介质中还可以存储各种应用程序和各种数据以及应用程序使用和/或产生的各种数据等。
需要说明的是，本公开的实施例中，电子设备300的具体功能和技术效果可以参考上文中关于交互方法的描述，此处不再赘述。
图17为本公开一些实施例提供的另一种电子设备的示意框图。该电子设备400例如适于用来实施本公开实施例提供的交互方法。电子设备400可以是终端设备等，可以用于实现客户端或服务器。电子设备400可以包括但不限于诸如移动电话、笔记本电脑、数字广播接收器、PDA(个人数字助理)、PAD(平板电脑)、PMP(便携式多媒体播放器)、车载终端(例如车载导航终端)、可穿戴电子设备等等的移动终端以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机、智能家居设备等等的固定终端。需要注意的是，图17示出的电子设备400仅仅是一个示例，其不会对本公开实施例的功能和使用范围带来任何限制。
如图17所示，电子设备400可以包括处理装置(例如中央处理器、图形处理器等)410，其可以根据存储在只读存储器(ROM)420中的程序或者从存储装置480加载到随机访问存储器(RAM)430中的程序而执行各种适当的动作和处理。在RAM 430中，还存储有电子设备400操作所需的各种程序和数据。处理装置410、ROM 420以及RAM 430通过总线440彼此相连。输入/输出(I/O)接口450也连接至总线440。
通常，以下装置可以连接至I/O接口450：包括例如触摸屏、触摸板、键盘、鼠标、摄像头、麦克风、加速度计、陀螺仪等的输入装置460；包括例如液晶显示器(LCD)、扬声器、振动器等的输出装置470；包括例如磁带、硬盘等的存储装置480；以及通信装置490。通信装置490可以允许电子设备400与其他电子设备进行无线或有线通信以交换数据。虽然图17示出了具有各种装置的电子设备400，但应理解的是，并不要求实施或具备所有示出的装置，电子设备400可以替代地实施或具备更多或更少的装置。
例如，根据本公开的实施例，上述交互方法可以被实现为计算机软件程序。例如，本公开的实施例包括一种计算机程序产品，其包括承载在非暂态计算机可读介质上的计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行上述交互方法的程序代码。在这样的实施例中，该计算机程序可以通过通信装置490从网络上被下载和安装，或者从存储装置480安装，或者从ROM 420安装。在该计算机程序被处理装置410执行时，可以实现本公开实施例提供的交互方法中限定的功能。
图18为本公开一些实施例提供的一种存储介质的示意图。例如，如图18所示，存储介质500可以为非暂时性计算机可读存储介质，用于存储非暂时性计算机可执行指令501。当非暂时性计算机可执行指令501由处理器执行时可以实现本公开实施例所述的交互方法，例如，当非暂时性计算机可执行指令501由处理器执行时，可以执行根据上文所述的交互方法中的一个或多个步骤。
例如，该存储介质500可以应用于上述电子设备中，例如，该存储介质500可以包括电子设备中的存储器。
例如，存储介质可以包括智能电话的存储卡、平板电脑的存储部件、个人计算机的硬盘、随机存取存储器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM)、便携式紧致盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、闪存、或者上述存储介质的任意组合，也可以为其他适用的存储介质。
例如，关于存储介质500的说明可以参考电子设备的实施例中对于存储器的描述，重复之处不再赘述。存储介质500的具体功能和技术效果可以参考上文中关于交互方法的描述，此处不再赘述。
例如，在本公开的实施例的描述中，术语“基于”应当理解为“至少部分地基于”。术语“一个实施例”或“该实施例”应当理解为“至少一个实施例”。术语“一些实施例”应当理解为“至少一些实施例”。下文还可能包括其他明确的和隐含的定义。
在本公开的一些实施例中使用的术语“响应于”表示相应的事件发生或者条件得以满足的状态。将会理解，响应于该事件或者条件而被执行的后续动作的执行时机，与该事件发生或者条件成立的时间，二者之间未必是强关联的。例如，在某些情况下，后续动作可在事件发生或者条件成立时立即被执行；而在另一些情况下，后续动作可在事件发生或者条件成立后经过一段时间才被执行。
可以理解的是，本公开所涉及的数据(包括但不限于数据本身、数据的获取或使用)应当遵循相应法律法规及相关规定的要求。
可以理解的是，在使用本公开的实施例公开的技术方案之前，均应当根据相关法律法规通过适当的方式对本公开所涉及个人信息的类型、使用范围、使用场景等告知用户并获得用户的授权。
例如，在响应于接收到用户的主动请求时，向用户发送提示信息，以明确地提示用户，其请求执行的操作将需要获取和使用到用户的个人信息，从而使得用户可以根据提示信息来自主地选择是否向执行本公开技术方案的操作的电子设备、应用程序、服务器或存储介质等软件或硬件提供个人信息。
作为一种可选的但非限制性的实现方式，响应于接收到用户的主动请求，向用户发送提示信息的方式，例如可以是弹窗的方式，弹窗中可以以文字的方式呈现提示信息。此外，弹窗中还可以承载供用户选择“同意”或“不同意”向电子设备提供个人信息的选择控件。
可以理解的是，上述通知和获取用户授权过程仅是示意性的，不对本公开的实现方式构成限定，其他满足相关法律法规的方式也可应用于本公开的实现方式中。
群组指代通讯工具中为多个用户提供交流空间的信息沟通工具，例如即时通讯(IM)工具中的群聊。群组包含针对某个主题进行沟通交流的用户的集合。例如，群组可以是围绕感兴趣的话题建立的用户的集合(例如，量子力学讨论群)，围绕感兴趣的活动建立的用户的集合(例如，看展群、爬山群)，或者为了完成同一目标建立的用户的集合(例如，考试群)，等等。
在本公开的一些实施例中，对象集合可以是指包括多个成员对象的集合，也可以是指将多个成员对象组织起来以用于实现某些功能或某些操作的数据实体或数据对象，或者也可以是指将多个成员对象组织起来以向该多个成员对象提供某些功能、或允许该多个成员对象进行某些操作的数据实体或数据对象。
例如，对象集合可以将成员对象组织起来，使得成员对象可以在对象集合下实现数据或信息交互、或提供数据或信息交互等服务。例如，成员对象可以直接通过对象集合进行数据或信息交互，例如，对象集合或本身可以是包含多个用户的群组或讨论组等。
又例如，也可以是对象集合下提供有用于成员对象进行数据或信息交互的平台或渠道等交互方式，以使对象集合的成员对象能够在对象集合的整体组织架构下实现数据或信息交互，例如使成员对象能够通过与对象集合关联的群组进行数据或信息交互等。例如，对象集合本身可以是包含多个用户的用户集合，并在该对象集合下关联设置例如群组或讨论组等，以使用户通过上述群组或讨论组等进行信息交互。
作为示例，“对象集合”可以是包括一个或多个成员的“团队”。例如，在各类应用中，可以针对特定项目或目标来构建团队，所构建的团队中的成员例如可以包括特定项目的参与者，或者是具有相同目标的多个用户。
作为另一示例，“对象集合”也可以是包括一个或多个成员或成员群的“总群”。总群的成员可以通过总群本身进行即时通信的沟通，也可以通过与总群关联的其他群组进行即时通信。应当理解，总群也是一种群组。
应当理解，以上所提及的“群组”、“对象集合”和“团队”均旨在表示将用户进行聚集和/或关联的适当方式，其在实际产品上可能具有不同的形态表达。
为了方便提高用户信息交互的效率，还可以构建“群组”和“对象集合”(例如，团队)之间的关联。示例性地，一个“群组”可以被关联至一个或多个“对象集合”，这样的关联也被称为被添加至对应的“对象集合”。例如，当“对象集合”具体是团队时，某个工作“群组”可以是整个部门支持测试的工作群组，其可以被关联/添加至部门向下的多个开发项目“团队”。
本公开的一些实施例中，团队指交互应用(如IM或协同办公应用)中的一项功能。用户可以在交互应用中创建团队，其中团队具有至少一个团队成员，用户可以将相关群组关联到团队。在交互应用的客户端界面上有团队入口，用户通过团队入口访问包含自己所加入的各团队的团队列表，并可以继续访问其中的任一个团队以及团队所关联的群组。
例如，在下文中，除非另有说明，将以对象集合为团队作为示例进行描述。
图19示出了本公开的实施例能够在其中实现的示例环境2100的示意图。在该示例环境2100中，终端设备2110中可以安装有应用2120。用户2140可以经由终端设备2110和/或终端设备2110的附接设备来与应用2120进行交互。应用2120可以是交互类应用，其能够向用户2140提供与其他用户之间的沟通、协作等服务。例如，用户可以通过对应用2120进行操作，来实现消息互通、会话、文件共享、视频/语音会议，等等。例如，应用2120可以是社交软件、协同办公软件，等等。其中，协同办公软件通常集成有即时通信应用，此外还可能集成有音视频会议、云文档、日历、任务等应用中的一个或多个。
在图19的环境2100中，如果应用2120处于活动状态，终端设备2110可以向用户2140呈现应用2120的界面2130。在一些实施例中，界面2130可以呈现在终端设备2110的显示模块上，或者呈现在与终端设备2110远程可通信的显示设备上。界面2130可以包括应用2120所能提供的各类界面，诸如呈现聊天内容的会话界面、视频会议界面、文件共享界面，等等。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110与服务器(图中未示出)通信，以实现对应用2120的服务的供应。终端设备2110可以是任意类型的移动终端、固定终端或便携式终端，包括移动手机、台式计算机、膝上型计算机、笔记本计算机、上网本计算机、平板计算机、媒体计算机、多媒体平板、个人通信系统(PCS)设备、个人导航设备、个人数字助理(PDA)、音频/视频播放器、数码相机/摄像机、定位设备、电视接收器、无线电广播接收器、电子书设备、游戏设备或者前述各项的任意组合，包括这些设备的配件和外设或者其任意组合。在一些实施例中，终端设备2110也能够支持任意类型的针对用户的接口(诸如“可佩戴”电路等)。服务器是能够提供计算能力的各种类型的计算系统/服务器，包括但不限于大型机、边缘计算节点、云环境中的计算设备，等等。
应当理解，仅出于示例性的目的描述环境2100的结构和功能，而不暗示对于本公开的范围的任何限制。
如前所述，越来越多的应用被设计来向用户提供交互类服务。例如即时通信应用，或者协同办公应用等。其中，协同办公应用中集成了即时通信应用，以及音视频会议、云文档、日历、任务等中的一种或多种。在大量成员需要沟通的情况下，通过交互类应用建立团队或群组显得尤为重要。在这些团队和群组之间存在着某些关联关系。希望能够在应用中呈现群组的情况下，能够使用户获知该群组与团队之间的关联关系。
本公开的实施例支持在群组的会话界面中显示与该群组相关联的团队的描述信息。如下文将会描述的，根据本公开的实施例，允许在群组的会话界面中显示与关联于该群组的一组团队中的至少一个团队相关联的描述信息。这些团队与当前用户相关联。例如，可以在会话界面中显示这些团队的团队标识。
以此方式，能够使得用户获知哪些团队与当前群组相关联。另一方面，团队的描述信息被显示在会话界面上，用户无需查看应用的其他界面即可查看这些描述信息。通过这样，能够更加便于用户查看和操作。这种灵活的交互方案能够更好地满足用户的协同工作需求，提高协同工作效率，从而提高用户体验感。
根据本公开的交互方案可以被应用于各种交互类应用，如即时通信应用、协同办公应用等。图20示出了根据本公开的实施例的示例应用2120的示例界面2200。界面2200可以是应用2120的任意界面，例如客户端界面。如图20所示，界面2200包括分组列表界面2210、信息流界面2220以及会话界面2230。
应当理解，虽然图20中示出了界面2200包括以上三个界面，但在一些实施例中，这些界面中的一个或多个可以被隐藏。例如，可以隐藏分组列表界面2210和信息流界面2220，而仅呈现会话界面2230。
示例性地，分组列表界面2210中呈现多个分组的标识信息，例如，消息分组2211、团队分组2212的标识信息。又如，分组列表界面2210还可以呈现诸如外部、标记、单聊等其他分组的标识信息(图中未示出)。各个分组的标识信息可以是分组的名称、图标或其任意组合。可以通过对某个分组的标识信息进行预设操作，来选择该分组。例如，可以对团队分组2212的标识信息进行点击、触摸等预设操作，来选择团队分组2212(也被称为团队入口)。
作为示例，团队分组2212下可以展示多个团队如团队a、团队b、团队c、团队d的标识信息。这些团队可以是应用2120的当前用户所属的团队。即，团队分组2212下展示的是当前用户所属的团队的团队列表。这些团队各自具有非空的成员集合。例如，至少当前用户是各个团队的成员。
应理解，虽然图20中团队分组2212中的各个团队的标识信息被展开显示了，但在一些实施例中，这些团队的标识信息可以被隐藏。例如，可以通过对团队分组2212的预设操作(诸如双击、按压，等等)，来选择隐藏或者展开团队分组2212中的各个团队的标识信息。
在一些实施例中，如果检测到针对分组列表界面2210中的某个分组(例如，消息分组2211、团队分组2212)的选择，则在信息流界面2220中显示与该分组相关联的会话列表2221。例如，如果用户2140选择了分组列表界面2210中的团队分组2212中的团队X(其可以是团队a、团队b、团队c、团队d中的任一项)，则将在信息流界面2220呈现与团队X相关联的各个会话的标识作为会话列表2221。可以通过对某个会话的标识进行预设操作(点击、触摸，等等)，来选择该会话。
在一些实施例中，与团队X相关联的各个会话可以是单聊或者群聊。例如，与团队X关联的会话可以是与团队X关联的群组。该会话的标识可以是该群组的标识，例如群组名称。如图所示的，与团队X相关联的会话列表可以被呈现为群组1、群组2、群组3、群组4、群组5。
在一些实施例中，如果检测到针对信息流界面2220中的某个会话的选择，则在会话界面2230中呈现该会话的会话内容。例如，如果检测到用户2140点击了信息流界面2220中的“群组1”，则将在会话界面2230中呈现群组1中的各个用户之间的聊天内容。用户可以通过触发或选择团队列表中的一个团队，来打开与该团队关联的对当前用户公开的群组列表。
类似地，如果分组列表界面2210中的消息分组2211(也被称为消息入口)被选择，则将在信息流界面2220中显示该消息分组2211中的各个会话的标识。可以通过选择信息流界面2220中的某个会话，来在会话界面2230中呈现相应会话的内容。
应当理解，除以上所列举的用于选择分组、展开团队、选择会话等交互的预设操作外或者作为替代，还可以以其他方式指示上述各类交互。其他方式的示例包括但不限于：语音控制指令、硬件按键的触发、在特定页面中的特定手势(例如，滑动手势)，等等。本公开的范围在此方面不做限制。
应当理解，以上描述的界面2200以及下文中将描述的其他附图中的各个界面中的各个团队标识、群组标识等标识信息仅仅是示例性的，而不是限制性的。可以采用任意适当的标识来表示不同的团队或群组。
应当理解，以上描述的界面2200以及下文中将描述的其他附图中的各个界面仅仅是示例界面，实际可以存在各种界面设计。界面中的各个图形元素可以具有不同的布置和不同的视觉表示，其中的一个或多个元素可以省略或被替换，并且还可以存在一个或多个其他元素。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
以上结合图20描述了应用2120的示例界面2200。根据本公开的交互方案，会话界面2230中还显示有与当前群组(例如，群组1)关联的团队(团队a、团队b、团队c)的描述信息。接下来，将结合图21A至图21D描述关于在会话界面中显示描述信息的进一步的示例。
图21A示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的包括会话界面2230的示例界面300A的示意图。界面300A可以是应用2120所提供的界面。与前述结合图20描述的类似，如果在界面300A的分组列表界面2210中检测到对团队列表2212(即团队入口)中的团队2301(即，团队a)的选择，则在信息流界面2220中呈现与团队a相关联的会话列表。即，呈现与团队a相关联的群组的标识。如果在信息流界面2220中检测到对群组2302(即，群组1)的选择，则在会话界面2230中呈现该群组2302的会话。关于团队与群组的选择过程与结合图20描述的类似，在此不再重复描述。
在分组列表界面2210中显示的各个团队是与应用2120的当前用户(例如，用户2140)相关联的团队。也就是说，用户2140加入了这些团队。与之不同的是，在信息流界面2220中显示的与团队2301相关联的各个群组并不一定均为用户2140已加入的群组。例如，这些 群组的某个或多个群组可以是关联于团队2301的公开群。公开群可以对团队2301的各个团队成员用户可见。用户可以在未加入公开群的情况下，通过从关联的团队找到该群从而查看该群的会话信息。当然，如果某个群组是关联于团队2301的非公开群，则用户2140需要加入该群(即，关联于该群)以查看会话信息。
在会话界面2230中，还呈现有与群组2302(群组1)相关联的一组团队的描述信息，例如描述信息2310。描述信息2310可以包括与群组2302相关联的各个团队的团队标识，例如“团队a”、“团队b”、“团队c”。虽然在图21A的示例中，各个团队的描述信息之间以竖线“|”分隔开来，但在仅仅是示例性的。可以采用任何适当的方式将不同团队的描述信息分隔开来，例如采用空格、省略号，等等。
在一些实施例中，如果与会话界面2230的呈现相关联的触发操作是与对团队2301(团队a)的预设操作相关联的，则与团队2301相关联的第一描述信息可以被突出显示。这种对会话界面2230的触发操作也被称为第一预设操作。例如，界面300A中，团队a的描述信息2311被加粗显示了。可以采用任意适当的方式来突出显示该描述信息，包括但不限于加粗、高亮、加阴影、下划线，等等。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，描述信息2311还可以被排序在描述信息2310中的最前面。描述信息2310中的剩余描述信息可以按任何适当的顺序排列。这些描述信息的排列顺序可以由系统设置或者由用户设置。
应理解，虽然在界面300A中，描述信息2311被突出显示并排序在最前面，但在一些实施例中，描述信息2311也可以不被突出显示。描述信息2310中的各个描述信息可以以任意顺序排列。
在一些实施例中，会话界面2230中还呈现有与会话关联的群组2302的群组标识2312。群组标识2312可以是群组2302的名称、图标或其任意组合。群组标识2310可以与描述信息2310相关联地呈现。例如，在群组标识2312与描述信息2310之间，可以呈现有关联符2314。在本文中，关联符2314也被称为索引符。关联符2314可以是索引线或者其他适当的图形符号。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，除图示的群组标识2312外，还在例如描述信息2310的下方呈现群组2302的名称。
应当理解，虽然在界面300A的示例中，描述信息2310和关联的群组1的群组标识2312被显示在会话界面2230的上方位置，但在其他实施例中，描述信息2310和群组标识2312也可以被布置在会话界面2230的其他预定位置。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，可以由用户2140来选择或者修改描述信息2310和群组标识2312在会话界面2230中显示的位置或大小。
在一些实施例中，如果当前用户退出描述信息2310所关联的多个团队中的某个团队，例如团队b，则将在会话界面2230中取消对该团队b相关联的描述信息的呈现。即，描述信息2310将变为“团队a|团队c”(图中未示出)。
图21B示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的包括会话界面2230的示例界面300B的示意图。界面300B可以是应用2120所提供的界面。界面300B的分组列表界面2210中的消息分组2321被选择，在信息流界面2220中呈现了消息列表2321中的各个会话的标识，例如群组2322(即，群组1)及其他各个群组的标识。这些群组包括当前用户2140加入的群组以及对当前用户2140公开的群组。
在图21B的示例中，如果检测到对群组2322的选择，则在会话界面2230中呈现该群组2322的会话信息。此外，会话界面2230中还显示与群组2322相关联的至少一个团队的描述信息2330。附加地，会话界面2230中还显示群组2322的群组标识2332。
在图21B的示例中，会话界面2230是响应于对消息分组2321关联的群组2322的选择而呈现的。换句话说，会话界面2230是响应于不与各个团队相关联的触发而呈现的。这种对会话界面2230的触发操作也被称为“第二预设操作”。在这样的实施例中，与图21A中不同，图21B中的描述信息2330中的各个描述信息都不会被突出显示。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，也可以突出显示描述信息2330中的某个描述信息。例如，可以突出显示用户2140特别关注的某个团队的描述信息(图中未示出)。在一些实施例中，用户2140可以通过团队设置界面来将某个团队设置为特别关注的团队。附加地或备选地，如果某个团队是由 某个用户初始创建的，则该团队可以被系统自动设置为该用户特别关注的团队。设置特别关注团队的方式可以是任意方式。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
应理解，在图21B以及其他附图中呈现有与图21A中相同或类似的一些图形元素或控件，这些图形元素或控件将不会重复描述。
图21C示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的包括会话界面2230的示例界面300C的示意图。与图21A类似，如果检测到对分组列表界面2210中团队2301的选择，则在信息流界面2220中显示与团队2301相关联的各个群组的标识。如果检测到对群组2302的选择，则在会话界面2230中显示群组2302的会话内容以及与群组2302相关联的一个团队(例如，团队a)的描述信息2340。与图21A中的描述信息2310不同的是，描述信息2340中仅包括在分组列表界面2210中被选择的那个团队2301的描述信息，而不包括其他关联团队的描述信息。
附加地或备选地，描述信息2340中显示附加信息2343。附加信息2343指示与群组2302关联的一组团队中的团队的数目。应理解，图21C中所示出的数目“3”仅仅是示例性的，而不是限制性的。在一些实施例中，描述信息2340与附加信息2343相关联的被呈现为单个图形元素2345。在其他实施例中，描述信息2340和附加信息2343也可以被分别呈现为单独的图形元素。
应当理解，图21C所图示的上述描述信息和附加信息的呈现方式也可以被应用于图21B中的由对消息分组中的群组触发而呈现的会话界面中。在这种情形下，描述信息可以是与该选择的群组关联的一组团队中任何一个或几个团队的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，可以对图形元素2345或者对单独的描述信息2340和附加信息2343中的任一项进行预设操作(例如，选择、点击、触摸，等等，也被称为第三预设操作)，来呈现关于与群组2302相关联的一组团队中的全部团队的描述信息。例如，在图21D的示例中，以下拉列表的形式呈现了全部团队的描述信息2350。应理解，也可以以其他形式呈现全部团队的描述信息，诸如弹出窗口，或者覆盖在原有描述信息2340上的包括全部团队描述信息的新的描述信息。
以上结合图21A至图21D描述了在会话界面中呈现关联的团队的描述信息的若干示例。在一些实施例中，描述信息的呈现形式可以任意变化。将在下文结合图22A至图22C描述根据本公开的一些实施例的示例描述信息的更多实施例。
如前所述，会话界面2230中呈现的描述信息包括与当前会话的相应群组相关联且当前用户加入的一组团队中至少一个团队的描述信息。在一些实施例中，由于会话界面2230的呈现区域有限，在满足上述条件的一组团队中团队数目很多的时候，可能无法显示一组团队中所有团队的描述信息。在这种情况下，会对会话界面2230中呈现的描述信息的内容进行调整。
在一些实施例中，如果一组团队中的团队数目较少(例如，小于或等于阈值数目)，则可以在会话界面2230中显示与一组团队中的每个团队相关联的描述信息。在图22A的示例中，一组团队包括“团队a”、“团队b”和“团队c”，数目较少，则在会话界面2230中显示的描述信息2410包括这三个团队各自的团队标识，例如团队名称。例如，团队b的团队标识将作为团队b的描述信息显示在显示区域2412中。描述信息2410中的各个描述信息的显示区域大小可以相同也可以不同。
附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，如果一组团队中的团队数目较多(例如，大于阈值数目)，则可以在会话界面2230中显示与一组团队中的阈值数目的团队相关联的描述信息。例如，如果一组团队中包括“团队a”、“团队b”、“团队c”、“团队d”和“团队e”，而阈值数目为3，则在会话界面2230中显示其中的三个团队的描述信息。如在图22A的示例中，显示的描述信息包括“团队a”、“团队b”和“团队c”各自的团队标识，例如团队名称。
在一些实施例中，如果会话界面2230是响应于上文描述的第二预设操作而呈现的，则阈值数目的团队可以是从一组团队中任选的或者基于预设的规则选择的。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，如果会话界面2230是响应于上文描述的与某个团队关联的第一预设操作而呈现的，则阈值数目的团队中需要包括该团队。剩余的阈值数目的团队可以是任选的或者基于预设的规则选择的。
在一些实施例中，阈值数目可以是预设的固定数目。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，阈值数目也可以至少基于会话界面2230的界面尺寸而被确定。例如，可以基于界面尺寸和用于显示各个团队的描述信息的最小显示区域来确定阈值数目。在另一些实施例中，阈值数目也可以基于界面尺寸和一组团队中各个团队的团队标识的长度来确定。
附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，可以不通过减少描述信息所对应的团队的数目，而是通过减少针对每个团队的描述信息的显示区域来调整会话界面2230上的描述信息。例如，针对一组团队中的某个团队(例如，团队b或其他任意团队)，可以确定会话界面2230中与该团队相对应的显示区域。可以呈现与该显示区域的区域尺寸匹配的内容，以作为该团队的描述信息(也称为第二描述信息)。如图22B中所呈现的，可以将描述信息2420中针对团队b的显示区域确定为显示区域2422，与该区域匹配的内容是“团队b…”。即，可以通过截断一定长度的团队b的团队标识来匹配该显示区域。
在一些实施例中，显示区域2422是基于会话界面2230的界面尺寸、一组团队中的团队数目、团队b的团队标识的长度中的一项或多项来确定的。可以针对各个团队确定相同大小的显示区域，或者不同大小的显示区域。
作为示例，如果展开所以团队的团队标识的长度超过界面尺寸，则将团队标识长度超出界面尺寸的部分平分给各个团队进行缩减。即，如果团队a、团队b、团队c和团队d的标识长度分别是4、5、6和4个字符，而界面尺寸为15个字符的长度，则分配给团队a、团队b、团队c和团队d的显示区域分别为3、4、5和3个字符的长度。
应理解，以上所描述的减少显示的团队数目和缩小各个显示区域的描述信息内容调整方法可以相结合采用。例如，可以首先通过截断团队标识长度来调整描述信息。如果通过调整描述信息仍不能呈现出各个团队的描述信息，则可以减少所呈现的团队数目。如图22C所示，如果一组团队中包括例如10个团队，则以最小的显示区域2432仍无法呈现所以团队的描述信息。在这种情况下，可以按照界面尺寸和最小显示区域确定出阈值数目，并且从一组团队中选择处阈值数目的团队。描述信息2430中包括阈值数目的团队各自以最小显示区域截断的团队标识。最小显示区域可以是一个字符或者如图22C中所示的包括一个字符和省略号的区域。
应理解，以上所列举的各个阈值数目、团队数目、界面尺寸、显示区域尺寸均是示例性的，而不是限制性的。这些数目或尺寸可以采用任意适当的数值。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
在前文中，结合图21A和图21B分别描述了从团队入口(在分组列表界面2210中选择团队分组)和从消息入口(在分组列表界面2210中选择消息分组)进入会话界面2230的示例。在这两种示例中，信息流界面2220中呈现的内容有所不同。
在一些实施例中，如果是从消息入口进入了会话界面2230，可以通过对会话界面2230中显示的描述信息进行预设操作(也被称为第三预设操作)，来改变信息流界面2220中的内容。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，如果是从团队入口进入了会话界面2230，则也可以通过对会话界面2230中显示的描述信息中当前未被突出显示的描述信息进行预设操作，来改变信息流界面2220中的内容。图23示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的改变示例界面2500中的信息流界面2220的示例。
在一些实施例中，如果在界面300B中检测到对描述信息2330中的某个团队的描述信息的第四预设操作，则界面300B将会变为界面2500。例如，如果检测到对图23中所示的描述信息2330中针对团队c的第三描述信息2502的选择，则将在信息流界面2220中呈现与团队c关联的且对当前用户可见的会话的列表，即群组列表2510。对当前用户可见的会话包括，当前用户已加入的会话，以及团队中的当前用户未加入的公开群。
附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，被选择的第三描述信息2502将会被突出显示，例如加粗显示或者采用其他方式突出显示。在一些实施例中，如果在会话界面2230上触发对描述信息2502的预设操作，则还可以展示团队c的相关信息，例如与团队c关联的会话的相关信息。
应理解，在界面2500或者前述任意界面中，如果接收到对其他团队的描述信息的预设操 作，将再次切换信息流界面2220中呈现的内容。例如，如果在界面2500中选择描述信息2330中对应于团队b的描述信息，则信息流界面2220中将会呈现与团队b关联且对用户可见的群组列表。此外，团队c的第三描述信息将不再突出显示，而是变为突出显示团队b的描述信息。
又如，如果在界面300A中选择描述信息2310中对应于团队b的描述信息，则信息流界面2220中将会呈现与团队b关联且对用户可见的群组列表。此外，描述信息2310中的团队a的第三描述信息将不再突出显示，而是变为突出显示团队b的描述信息。
通过这样的方式，能够使得用户获知哪个团队是当前选择的团队。此外，能够通过信息流界面来选择与当前团队关联且对用户可见的各个群组的会话。例如，可以通过选择群组列表2510中的“群组7”，来将会话界面2230中的会话内容切换为群组7的会话内容。
通过采用本公开的交互方案，能够使用户通过群组会话界面获知与该群组有关联关系的团队。此外，用户可以通过对团队描述信息进行预设操作来切换会话列表从而切换团队或会话。这种操作方式简单易操作，便于用户使用。以这样，能够提高用户体验感。
上文结合图20及图21A至图23描述了在会话界面中呈现以团队为例的对象集合的描述信息各个示例。在本发明的另一些实施例中的。上述方案中的对象集合也可以是群组，这里不再赘述。
图24示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的过程2600的流程图。过程2600可以在终端设备2110处实现。为便于讨论，将参考图19的环境2100来描述过程2600。应当理解，过程2600可以包括未示出的附加动作和/或可以省略所示出的动作，本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
在框2610处，终端设备2110检测当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作。在框2620处，终端设备2110确定是否接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备2110在框2620处确定出未接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，则终端设备2110可以继续周期性或以其他方式在框2620处继续确定是否接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作。如果终端设备2110检测到其他指示，可以根据其他指示来执行相应操作。
如果终端设备2110在框2620处确定出接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，则在框2630处，终端设备2110呈现第一群组的会话界面，例如图21A至图21D及图23中的会话界面2230。在框2640处，终端设备2110在会话界面2230中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。当前用户与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。在一些实施例中，一组对象集合中的对象集合具有非空的成员集合。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备2110在框2610处接收到与一组对象集合中的第一对象集合相关联的触发第一群组的第一预设操作，则终端设备2110在框2630处呈现第一群组的会话界面并且在框2640处在会话界面中突出显示第一对象集合的第一描述信息。
附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，如果终端设备2110在框2610处接收到不与一组对象集合中的各对象集合关联的触发第一群组的第二预设操作，则终端设备2110在框2630处呈现第一群组的会话界面并且在框2640处在会话界面中不突出显示一组对象集合中的任一对象集合的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，在框2640处，如果一组对象集合中对象集合的数目大于阈值数目，则终端设备2110显示与一组对象集合中的阈值数目的对象集合相关联的描述信息。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，如果一组对象集合中对象集合的数目小于或等于阈值数目，则终端设备显示与一组对象集合中每个对象集合相关联的描述信息。在一些实施例中，阈值数目是基于所述会话界面的界面尺寸而被确定的。
在一些实施例中，在框2640处，针对至少一个对象集合中的第二对象集合，终端设备2110确定会话界面中与第二对象集合相对应的显示区域，并且呈现与显示区域的区域尺寸匹配的内容，以作为与第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110可以基于以下至少一项确定会话界面中与第二对象集合 相对应的显示区域：会话界面的界面尺寸，至少一个对象集合的集合数目，第二对象集合的集合标识的长度，等等。
在一些实施例中，在框2640处，终端设备2110在会话界面的预定位置处，与第一群组的标识信息相关联地显示与至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。例如，终端设备2110可以通过在第一群组的标识信息和与至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息之间呈现关联符，而将与至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息与第一组群的标识信息相关联地显示。
在一些实施例中，在框2640处，终端设备2110突出显示与至少一个对象集合中的第五对象集合相关联的第五描述信息。第五对象集合是当前用户特别关注的对象集合。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合中的对象集合为团队或者群组。在一些实施例中，在当前用户的客户端界面中有对象集合入口。终端设备2110可以通过触发对象集合入口打开当前用户所属的对象集合的对象集合列表。终端设备2110可以通过触发对象集合列表中的一个对象集合，打开与该对象集合关联的对当前用户公开的群组列表。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110还在会话界面中显示附加信息。附加信息指示一组对象集合中的对象集合的数目。在一些实施例中，终端设备2110还可以接收与附加信息相关联的第三预设操作。如果终端设备接收到第三预设操作，则终端设备2110呈现关于一组对象集合中的全部对象集合的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，至少一个对象集合包括第三对象集合，终端设备2110还可以接收针对第三对象集合的第三描述信息的第四预设操作。如果接收到第四预设操作，终端设备2110可以呈现第三对象集合的相关信息。第三对象集合的相关信息包括与第三对象集合相关联的至少一个群组的群组信息。在一些实施例中，终端设备2110可以在会话界面中突出显示第三描述信息。
在一些实施例中，如果当前用户退出至少一个对象集合中的第四对象集合，终端设备2110可以在会话界面中取消对与第四对象集合相关联的第四描述信息的呈现。
图25示出了根据本公开的某些实施例的用于交互的装置2700的示意性结构框图。装置2700可以被实现为或者被包括在终端设备2110中。装置2700中的各个模块/组件可以由硬件、软件、固件或者它们的任意组合来实现。
如图所示，装置2700包括会话界面呈现模块2710，被配置为响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现第一群组的会话界面。装置2700还包括描述信息显示模块2720，被配置为在会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。当前用户与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。在一些实施例中，一组对象集合中的对象集合具有非空的成员集合。
在一些实施例中，会话界面呈现模块2710被配置为如果接收到与一组对象集合中的第一对象集合相关联的触发第一群组的第一预设操作，则呈现第一群组的会话界面，并且描述信息显示模块2720被配置为在会话界面中突出显示第一对象集合的第一描述信息。
附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，会话界面呈现模块2710被配置为如果接收到不与一组对象集合中的各对象集合关联的触发第一群组的第二预设操作，则呈现第一群组的会话界面，并且描述信息显示模块2720被配置为在会话界面中不突出显示一组对象集合中的任一对象集合的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，描述信息显示模块2720包括第一显示模块，被配置为如果确定一组对象集合中对象集合的数目大于阈值数目，则显示与一组对象集合中的阈值数目的对象集合相关联的描述信息。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，描述信息显示模块2720包括第二显示模块，被配置为如果一组对象集合中对象集合的数目小于或等于阈值数目，则显示与一组对象集合中每个对象集合相关联的描述信息。在一些实施例中，阈值数目是基于所述会话界面的界面尺寸而被确定的。
在一些实施例中，描述信息显示模块2720包括第三显示模块，被配置为针对至少一个对象集合中的第二对象集合，确定会话界面中与第二对象集合相对应的显示区域，并且呈现与显示区域的区域尺寸匹配的内容，以作为与第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息。
在一些实施例中，装置2700还包括显示区域确定模块，被配置为基于以下至少一项确定会话界面中与第二对象集合相对应的显示区域：会话界面的界面尺寸，至少一个对象集合的集合数目，第二对象集合的集合标识的长度，等等。
在一些实施例中，描述信息显示模块2720包括第四显示模块，被配置为在会话界面的预定位置处，与第一群组的标识信息相关联地显示与至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。例如，第四显示模块可以被配置为通过在第一群组的标识信息和与至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息之间呈现关联符，而将与至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息与第一组群的标识信息相关联地显示。
在一些实施例中，描述信息显示模块2720包括第五显示模块，被配置为突出显示与至少一个对象集合中的第五对象集合相关联的第五描述信息。第五对象集合是当前用户特别关注的对象集合。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合中的对象集合为团队或群组。在一些实施例中，在当前用户的客户端界面中有对象集合入口。装置2700还可以包括对象集合入口触发模块，被配置为通过触发对象集合入口打开当前用户所属的对象集合的对象集合列表。装置2700还可以包括群组列表打开模块，被配置为通过触发对象集合列表中的一个对象集合，打开与该对象集合关联的对当前用户公开的群组列表。
在一些实施例中，装置2700还包括附加信息显示模块，被配置为在会话界面中显示附加信息。附加信息指示一组对象集合中的对象集合的数目。在一些实施例中，装置2700还包括第三预设操作接收模块，被配置为接收与附加信息相关联的第三预设操作。装置2700还包括第二描述信息呈现模块，被配置为如果接收到第三预设操作，则呈现关于一组对象集合中的全部对象集合的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，至少一个对象集合包括第三对象集合。装置2700还包括第三预设操作接收模块，被配置为接收针对第三对象集合的第三描述信息的第四预设操作。装置2700还包括相关信息呈现模块，被配置为如果接收到第四预设操作，呈现第三对象集合的相关信息。第三对象集合的相关信息包括与第三对象集合相关联的至少一个群组的群组信息。在一些实施例中，装置2700还包括突出呈现模块，被配置为在会话界面中突出显示第三描述信息。
在一些实施例中，装置2700还包括取消显示模块，被配置为如果当前用户退出至少一个对象集合中的第四对象集合，则在会话界面中取消对与第四对象集合相关联的第四描述信息的呈现。
本公开中还提供了如下图26A至图28所示的方案。
图26A示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的示例界面800A的示意图。界面800A可以是应用2120所提供的界面。界面800A包括分组列表界面2810、信息流界面2820以及会话界面2830。
在一些实施例中，界面800A中的分组列表界面2810中包括各种示例对象集合的列表。作为示例，对象集合可以是即时通讯或协同办公软件中的分组中的一种或多种。例如，界面800A的分组列表界面2810中可以包括各种示例对象集合，包括但不限于团队、标签、标记、免打扰、单聊、群聊、话题、话题群等适当的即时通讯或协同办公软件中的分组。团队可以指代团队分组。单聊可以指代单聊分组，等等。应理解，在一些实施例中，分组列表界面2810中可以包括更多的或更少的对象集合类别。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
在一些实施例中，信息流界面2820可以呈现当前被选中的分组所对应的会话或其他对象的集合。例如，图26A所示的信息流界面2820中呈现的各个对象是会话(单聊或群聊)。
对象界面是第一对象的界面，也被称为第一对象界面。在如图26A所示一些实施例中，第一对象是会话(单聊或群聊)，并且对象界面具体是会话界面2830。备选地或附加地，在一些实施例中，第一对象可以是消息、会话(单聊或群聊)、任务、文档、日历、音视频会议或其他适当的对象中的任一种。换句话说，对象界面(即，第一对象的界面)可以是消息界面、会话界面、任务界面、文档界面、日历界面和音视频会议界面中的任一种界面。
在一些实施例中，可以通过在分组列表界面2810中选择消息2812，并且在信息流界面2820中选择群组列表2822中的群组2824(即，群组10)来进入会话界面2830。应理解，这 种会话界面2830的进入方式仅仅是示例性的，而不是限制性的。在其他实施例中，可以通过在分组列表界面2810中选择其他对象集合，并且在信息流界面2820中选择相应的群组或会话来进入会话界面2830。在这一示例中，会话界面2830是第一对象为“会话”(即群组10)的界面。但应当理解，在其他实施例中，第一对象也可以是其他的对象。
在会话界面2830中，显示了与一组对象集合中至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。对象集合可以是以上所列举的对象集合或其他任意适当的对象集合中的任一种。在界面800A中，将以在会话界面2830中显示“标签”这一类对象集合的描述信息为例进行描述。
如图所示，在会话界面2830中呈现了与一组标签中至少一个标签相关联的描述信息2840。一组标签包括一个或多个标签。第一对象(群组10)与一组标签中的每个标签关联。换句话说，第一对象(群组10)被添加了一组标签中的每个标签。
在一些实施例中，描述信息2840的显示形式与图21A中的描述信息2310类似，例如，可以采用与图22A至图22C中各种团队的描述信息的呈现方式类似的方式呈现描述信息2840。又如，也可以将描述信息2840呈现为与图21C类似的对象集合标识以及附加的数目信息的形式。这些描述信息的呈现形式在此不再重复描述。
应当理解，虽然结合图26A描述了在会话界面2830中呈现关联标签的描述信息的若干示例，但在其他实施例中，可以在消息、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议界面等各种不同第一对象的界面中呈现关联标签的描述信息。这些不同的界面可以具有相同或不同的布局。针对不同界面的分组列表界面和信息流界面(在其他示例中也可以是其他的对象列表界面)也可以相同或有所不同。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
应当理解，虽然在图26A中以标签这一对象集合为例描述了在会话界面中呈现关联的对象集合的描述信息的若干示例，但在一些实施例中，对象集合也可以是其他任何适当的对象集合，例如团队。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
如果在会话界面2830检测到上触发对至少一个标签中的第一标签的第一描述信息的预设操作，则展示第一标签的相关信息。图26B中的示例界面800B示出了这样的示例。在示例界面800B中，描述信息2840中对应于“标签I”的描述信息2842被选择，则可以在信息流界面2820中呈现标签I的相关信息。例如，标签I的相关信息可以包括与标签I相关联的会话列表或者群组列表2826。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，如果描述信息2842被选择，则该描述信息2842会被突出显示，如图26B所示出的。
在一些实施例中，如果在界面800B中，继续选择描述信息2840中的其他描述信息，则信息流界面2820中呈现的信息将会切换为选择的其他描述信息的相关信息。
在一些实施例中，标签I的相关信息包括第二对象的相关信息。可以采用与标签这一对象集合类别对应的筛选条件对第二对象进行筛选。例如，与标签对应的筛选条件可以是被添加了该标签的第二对象。例如，标签I的相关信息可以是被添加了“标签I”的对当前用户可见的消息和/或会话等。在信息流界面2820中对筛选得到的第二对象的相关信息进行展示。即，可以展示各个第二对象的对象标识或名称。
在一些实施例中，不同的对象集合分别对应不同的用于筛选第二对象的筛选条件。例如，对于团队这一对象集合，筛选条件可以是关联于该团队且当前用户可见的会话，或者除了会话还可以包括关联于团队的文档、日历、任务、音视频会议等。又如，对于“单聊”这一对象集合，筛选条件可以是筛选出包含当前用户的单聊会话等。再如，对于“免打扰”这一对象集合，筛选条件可以是筛选出被设置为免打扰的会话等。再如，对于“话题”这一对象集合，筛选条件可以是筛选出当前用户参与的话题。各类对象集合的筛选条件可以由系统预先设置，也可以由用户来进行设置。本公开的实施例可以采用任意适当的筛选条件。
通过上述各种灵活的界面交互方式，可以在任何第一对象的界面中呈现相关联的任何种类的对象集合的描述信息。此外，通过在第一对象的界面上灵活的选择各个描述信息，可以进一步呈现所选择的描述信息对应的对象集合的相关信息。通过这样，能够更加便于用户查看和操作。这种灵活的交互方案能够更好地满足用户的协同工作需求，提高协同工作效率，从而提高用户体验感。
应理解，本文所列举的各个预设操作、触发操作方式仅仅是示例性的。除以上所列举的 各个预设操作、触发操作操作外或者作为替代，还可以以其他方式进行操作。其他方式的示例包括但不限于：语音控制指令、硬件按键的触发、在特定页面中的特定手势(例如，滑动手势)，等等。本公开的范围在此方面不做限制。
应理解，本文所列举的各个对象集合的标识或名称仅仅是示例性的，而不是限制性的。所示出的标识或名称的显示格式、位置、大小等等仅仅是示例性的，而不是限制性的。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
应当理解，本文中描述的附图中的各个界面仅仅是示例界面，实际可以存在各种界面设计。界面中的各个图形元素可以具有不同的布置和不同的视觉表示，其中的一个或多个元素可以省略或被替换，并且还可以存在一个或多个其他元素。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
例如，在一些实施例中，可以提供针对各个界面的退出选项(图中未示出)。例如，退出选项可以位于界面某个预定位置上。在如果检测到用户点击或者选择该退出选项，可以从当前界面退出。也可以在界面中的各个子界面中分别设置退出选项，以关闭其中的某个子界面。例如，可以关闭界面800A中的信息流界面2820或者其他子界面。
附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，上述各个界面还可以提供更多控件或者功能。这些控件或者功能可以被隐藏，并且可以通过诸如预定的操作(例如，点击)界面中的某个位置来展开被隐藏的控件或者功能。应当理解，这里示出的控件或者功能仅是示例，在界面中可以提供不同数目和/或功能的控件，本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
图27示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的过程2900的流程图。过程2900可以在终端设备2110处实现。为便于讨论，将参考图19的环境2100来描述过程2900。应当理解，过程2900可以包括未示出的附加动作和/或可以省略所示出的动作，本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
在框2910处，终端设备2110在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一对象与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。第一对象的界面可以例如是图26A和图26B中的会话界面2830。
在框2920处，终端设备2110检测对至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作的触发。在框2930处，终端设备2110确定是否检测到对至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作的触发。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备2110在框2930处确定出未接收到上述触发，则终端设备2110可以继续周期性或以其他方式在框2930处继续确定是否接收到该输出。如果终端设备2110检测到其他指示，可以根据其他指示来执行相应操作。
如果终端设备2110在框2930处确定出接收到对至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作的触发，在框2940处，终端设备2110展示第一对象集合的相关信息。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合中的各对象集合分别对应不同筛选条件。筛选条件用于对第二对象进行筛选。在一些实施例中，终端设备2110利用与第一对象集合对应的第一筛选条件对第二对象进行筛选，并且在框2940处展示筛选得到的第二对象的相关信息。
在一些实施例中，第一对象为会话，第二对象包括消息和/或会话。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，第一对象为消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种。第二对象包括消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种或多种。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括如下分组中的一种或多种：团队、标签、标记、免打扰、单聊、群聊、话题、话题群。
图28示出了根据本公开的某些实施例的用于交互的装置1000的示意性结构框图。装置1000可以被实现为或者被包括在终端设备2110中。装置1000中的各个模块/组件可以由硬件、软件、固件或者它们的任意组合来实现。
如图所示，装置1000包括描述信息呈现模块1010，被配置为在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一对象与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
装置1000还包括相关信息展示模块1020，被配置为响应于在第一对象的界面上触发对至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作，展示第一对象集合的相关信息。
在一些实施例中，描述信息呈现模块1010进一步被配置为在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。第一对象与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联。一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合中的各对象集合分别对应不同筛选条件。筛选条件用于对第二对象进行筛选。
在一些实施例中，装置1000还包括筛选模块，被配置为利用与第一对象集合对应的第一筛选条件对第二对象进行筛选。相关信息展示模块1020可以进一步被配置为展示筛选得到的第二对象的相关信息。
在一些实施例中，第一对象为会话，第二对象包括消息和/或会话。附加地或备选地，在一些实施例中，第一对象为消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种。第二对象包括消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种或多种。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括如下分组中的一种或多种：团队、标签、标记、免打扰、单聊、群聊、话题、话题群。
根据本公开的交互方案可以被应用于各种交互类应用，如即时通信应用、协同办公应用等。图29示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的示例应用2120的示例界面3200。界面3200可以是应用2120的任意界面。如图29所示，界面3200包括分组列表界面3210、会话列表界面3220以及会话界面3230。
示例性地，分组列表界面3210中呈现多个分组的标识信息，例如，消息分组3211、团队分组3212的标识信息。又如，分组列表界面3210还可以呈现诸如外部、标记、单聊等其他分组的标识信息(未示出)。各个分组的标识信息可以是分组的名称、图标或其任意组合。可以通过对某个分组的标识信息进行预设操作，来选择该分组。例如，可以对团队分组3212的标识信息进行点击、触摸等预设操作，来选择团队分组3212。
作为示例，团队分组3212下可以展示多个团队如团队a、团队b、团队c、团队d的标识信息。应理解，虽然图29中团队分组3212中的各个团队的标识信息被展开显示了，但在一些实施例中，这些团队的标识信息可以被隐藏。例如，可以通过对团队分组3212的预设操作(诸如双击、按压，等等)，来选择隐藏或者展开团队分组3212中的各个团队的标识信息。
在一些实施例中，如果检测到针对分组列表界面3210中的某个分组(例如，消息分组3211、团队分组3212)的选择，则在会话列表界面3220中显示与该分组相关联的会话列表。例如，如果用户2140选择了分组列表界面3210中的团队分组3212中的团队X(其可以是团队a、团队b、团队c、团队d中的任一项)，则将在会话列表界面3220呈现与团队X相关联的各个会话的标识。可以通过对某个会话的标识进行预设操作(点击、触摸，等等)，来选择该会话。
在一些实施例中，与团队X相关联的各个会话可以是群聊，也可以是单聊。该会话的标识可以是该群聊的群组的标识，例如群组名。如图所示的，与团队X相关联的会话列表可以被呈现为群组1、群组2、群组3、群组4、群组5。
在一些实施例中，如果检测到针对会话列表界面3220中的某个会话的选择，则在会话界面3230中呈现该会话的会话内容。例如，如果检测到用户2140点击了会话列表界面3220中的“群组1”，则将在会话界面3230中呈现群组1中的各个用户之间的聊天内容。
应当理解，除以上所列举的用于选择分组、展开团队、选择会话等交互的预设操作外或者作为替代，还可以以其他方式指示上述各类交互。其他方式的示例包括但不限于：语音控制指令、硬件按键的触发、在特定页面中的特定手势(例如，滑动手势)，等等。本公开的范围在此方面不做限制。
应当理解，以上描述的界面3200以及下文中将描述的其他附图中的各个界面仅仅是示例界面，实际可以存在各种界面设计。界面中的各个图形元素可以具有不同的布置和不同的视觉表示，其中的一个或多个元素可以省略或被替换，并且还可以存在一个或多个其他元素。本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。
根据本公开的实施例，提出了一种交互方案。在该方案中，响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的触发操作，呈现该群组的界面。在该界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息。 该群组与这组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联。如果确定当前用户具有第一权限，在该界面中展示控件。该控件用于配置该群组与这组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。该方案使用户了解群组所关联到的对象集合(例如，团队，或总群)，并且可以根据用户的权限来控制对两者之间关联关系的配置。
以下将继续参考图30至图32B来描述本公开的一些示例实施例。在下文中，以团队作为对象集合的示例进行描述，但这仅是示例性的而无意限制本公开的范围。对象集合也可以是其他类型的，例如对象集合也可以是群聊。
如果在终端设备2110处检测到当前用户触发的与某一群组关联的触发操作，则终端设备2110呈现该群组的界面，也称为第一界面。在一些实施例中，当前用户可以属于该群组。备选地，在另一些实施例中，当前用户可以不属于该群组。例如，该群组与一团队关联且对该团队公开(即该群组对该团队的所有团队成员可见)，而当前用户属于该团队，即当前用户是该团队的团队成员，在这种情况下，该群组对当前用户可见，也可以向当前用户展示该群组的所述界面。
在一些实施例中，触发操作可以是针对与该群组相关联的另一界面的。参考图30的示例。响应于当前用户对群组1的选择，终端设备2110呈现了与群组1相关联的界面3330，其在该示例中为会话展示界面。当前用户点击或选择了界面3330中的控件3331。响应于此，终端设备2110进而在控件3331下方呈现了关于群组1的“设置”选项3332。当前用户而后点击了“设置”选项3332。响应于这一触发操作，终端设备2110呈现第一界面，如下文所描述的。
应当理解，以上参考图30所描述的触发操作仅是示例性的，而无意限制本公开的范围。在本公开的实施例中，可以采用任何合适的与群组关联的触发操作。例如，对群组标识的点击也可以视为一种触发操作。
终端设备2110在第一界面中显示与该群组所关联到的团队相关联的描述信息。描述信息可以包括能够描述团队的各方面的图文信息。在一些实施例中，描述信息可以是与团队相关联的文本标识，例如团队的名称、编号、标签、用户对团队的备注等。备选地或附加地，描述信息可以包括与团队相关联的图像标识，例如团队的图标。在一些实施例中，描述信息可以指示该群组对团队是否可见。
现在参考图31A。图31A示出的界面440-1是响应于用户a触发的与群组1相关联的触发操作而呈现的。界面440-1可以视为第一界面的一个示例。具体来说，在该示例中，界面440-1是群组1的群设置界面。在界面440-1中，显示了与团队a、团队b、团队c和团队d相关联的描述信息3401、3402、3403和3404，其中，群组1与团队a、团队b、团队c和团队d分别关联。例如，与团队a相关联的描述信息3401包括团队a的图标、团队a的名称、关于群组1对团队a公开的指示。又如，关于与团队b相关联的描述信息3401包括团队b的图标、团队b的名称。
除了描述信息，终端设备2110还根据当前用户的权限(也称为第一权限)，确定是否在第一界面中展示用于配置群组与团队之间的关联关系的控件。如果当前用户具有与该群组和/或团队有关的权限，那么可以在第一界面中展示相应的一个或多个控件。如果当前用户不具有任何权限，那么在第一界面中不展示用于配置群组与团队之间的关联关系的控件。
群组与团队之间的关联关系可以包括群组是否关联到该团队。例如，可以解除群组与团队的关联。备选地或附加地，群组与团队之间的关联关系可以包括群组对于团队是否公开。如果群组对团队已公开，则可以配置取消群组对团队的公开，如果群组对团队未公开，则可以配置将群组对团队公开。
如果当前用户发起了对控件的触发操作，则根据该触发操作来相应地进行配置。例如，根据触发操作，可以将群组设置为对该触发操作所对应的团队公开。又如，根据触发操作，可以取消群组对该触发操作所对应的团队公开。再如，根据触发操作，可以解除群组与该触发操作所对应的团队之间的关联。
在一些实施例中，如果当前用户具有与群组相关联的权限，则可以针对每个团队均展示控件。继续参考图31A的示例。该示例中的用户a具有与群组1相关联的权限。例如，用户 a可以是群组1的群主或群管理员。相应地，在界面440-1中针对团队a、团队b、团队c和团队d分别展示了控件3411、3412、3413和3414。例如，针对团队a而展示的控件3411用于配置群组1与团队a之间的关联关系。
在一些实施例中，如果当前用户具有与某个或某些团队相关联的权限，则可以这对该团队或这些团队展示控件。在这种情况下，将不会针对当前用户没有权限的团队展示控件。参考图31B的示例。图31B所示的界面440-2是响应于用户b触发的与群组1相关联的触发操作而呈现的。界面440-2可以视为第一界面的另一示例。该示例中的用户b具有与团队a和团队d相关联的权限。例如，用户b可以是团队a和团队d的团队所有者或团队管理员。相应地，在界面440-2中针对团队a和团队d分别展示了控件3421和3422。例如，针对团队d而展示的控件3422用于配置群组1与团队d之间的关联关系。
在一些实施例中，如果当前用户不具有与群组或群组所关联到的团队的任何权限，则不在第一界面中展示控件。参考图31C的示例。图31C所示的界面440-3是响应于用户c触发的与群组1相关联的触发操作而呈现的。界面440-3可以视为第一界面的另一示例。该示例中的用户c不具有与群组1相关联的权限，同时也不具有与团队a、团队b、团队c和团队d相关联的权限。相应地，在界面440-3中没有展示控件。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110可以在第一界面中显示与群组所关联到的所有团队相关联的描述信息。也即，即使当前用户不属于某一团队，终端设备2110也可以在第一界面中显示与该团队相关联的描述信息。
附加地，在一些实施例中，如果当前用户不属于第一团队但属于第二团队并且第一团队和第二团队均关联至该群组，则与第一团队相关联的第一描述信息和与第二团队相关联的第二描述信息以不同的样式被显示。以此方式，可以用醒目的方式区分用户所属于的团队和用户不属于的团队。
进一步地，在一些实施例中，第二描述信息的显示样式可以比第一描述信息的样式显示突出。例如，第二描述信息所占的面积可以大于第一描述信息所占的面积。又如，第二描述信息可以具有比第一描述信息更为显眼的颜色。再如，第二描述信息中的文字可以粗于第一描述信息中的文字。
备选地，在一些实施例中，第一描述信息的显示样式可以比第二描述信息的显示样式突出。例如，第二描述信息可以具有与第一界面相同的背景颜色，而第一描述信息可以具有与第一界面不同的背景颜色。
参考图32A的示例。图32A所示的界面540-1是响应于用户d触发的与群组1相关联的触发操作而呈现的。界面540-1可以视为第一界面的又一示例。在该示例中，用户d属于团队a、团队c和团队d，但不属于团队b。在界面540-1中显示了与团队a相关联的描述信息3501、与团队b相关联的描述信息3502、与团队c相关联的描述信息3503、与团队d相关联的描述信息3504。描述信息3502的显示样式与描述信息3501、3503、3504的显示样式不同。特别地，在图32A中，描述信息3501、3503、3504的字体粗于描述信息3502的字体。应当理解，这仅是示例性的，可以以任何不同的显示样式来区分用户所属于的团队和用户不属于的团队。
在一些实施例中，如果当前用户退出其原本属于的第二团队，则终端设备2110可以继续在第一界面中显示与第二团队相关联的第二描述信息。第二描述信息的样式被修改为第一描述信息相同。参考图32B的示例。图32B所示的界面540-2是响应于用户d触发的与群组1相关联的触发操作而呈现的。界面540-2可以视为第一界面的又一示例。在该示例中，用户d退出了其原本属于的团队c，而没有退出团队a和团队d。相应地，在界面540-2中仍然显示了与团队c相关联的描述信息3503。描述信息3503的显示样式被修改为与描述信息3502的显示样式相同，并且与描述信息3501和描述信息3502的显示样式不同。
在上文中以团队作为对象集合的示例进行了描述。在本公开的实施例中，对象集合还可以包括群组，例如总群。应当理解，上文关于团队所描述的各个方面同样适用于群组。
图32C和图32D示出了对象集合包括群组的示例。图32C中的界面540-3可以视为第一界面的一个示例。具体来说，在该示例中，界面540-3是群组2的群设置界面。在界面540-3 中，显示了与团队a、团队b和群聊5相关联的描述信息3531、3532和3533，其中，群组2与团队a、团队b和群组5分别关联。
图32D中的界面540-4可以视为第一界面的一个示例。具体来说，在该示例中，界面540-4是群组3的群设置界面。在界面540-4中，显示了与群聊6、群聊7和群聊8相关联的描述信息3541、3542和3543，其中，群组3与群聊6、群聊7和群聊8分别关联。
图33示出了根据本公开的一些实施例的用于交互的过程3600的流程图。过程3600可以被实现在终端设备2110处。
在框3610，终端设备2110响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的第一触发操作，呈现群组的第一界面。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110可以呈现与群组相关联的第二界面。响应于当前用户针对第二界面而触发的第一触发操作，终端设备2110呈现第一界面。
在一些实施例中，第一界面是用于群组的群设置界面。
在框3620，终端设备2110在第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息。群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括当前用户不属于的第一对象集合。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合还包括当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，并且与第一对象集合相关联的第一描述信息同与第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息在第一界面中以不同样式被显示。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括当前用户所属于的第二对象集合。终端设备2110可以响应于确定当前用户不再属于第二对象集合，继续在第一界面上显示与第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110可以将与第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息的样式修改为与第一描述信息的样式相同，其中，第一描述信息是与一组对象集合中当前用户不属于的第一对象集合相关联的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括第三对象集合，并且与第三对象集合相关联的第三描述信息指示群组对于第三对象集合是否公开。
在一些实施例中，与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：与一组对象集合相关联的文本标识；和/或与一组对象集合相关联的图像标识。
在框3630，终端设备2110响应于确定当前用户具有第一权限，在第一界面中展示控件。控件用于配置群组与一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
在一些实施例中，第一权限包括与群组相关联的第二权限，并且控件针对一组对象集合中的每个对象集合被展示。
在一些实施例中，第一权限包括与一组对象集合中的第四对象集合相关联的第三权限，并且控件针对第四对象集合。
在一些实施例中，控件用于配置群组与相应对象集合之间的如下关联关系：群组是否关联到相应对象集合；和/或群组对于相应对象集合是否公开。
在一些实施例中，响应于确定当前用户不具有第一权限，终端设备2110可以放弃显示控件。
在一些实施例中，终端设备2110可以响应于对所述控件的第二触发操作，将群组设置为对第二触发操作对应的对象集合公开。备选地或附加地，终端设备2110可以响应于对控件的第三触发操作，取消群组对第三触发操作对应的对象集合公开。备选地或附加地，终端设备2110可以响应于对控件的第四触发操作，解除群组与第四触发操作对应的对象集合之间的关联关系。
在一些实施例中，一组对象和集合包括团队和/或群组。
图34示出了根据本公开的某些实施例的用于交互的装置3700的示意性结构框图。装置3700可以被实现为或者被包括在终端设备2110中。装置3700中的各个模块/组件可以由硬件、软件、固件或者它们的任意组合来实现。
如图所示，装置3700包括第一界面呈现模块3710，被配置为响应于当前用户触发的与 群组关联的第一触发操作，呈现群组的第一界面。装置3700还包括描述信息显示模块3720，被配置为在第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，群组与一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联。装置3700还包括控件展示模块3730，被配置为响应于确定当前用户具有第一权限，在第一界面中展示控件，控件用于配置群组与一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
在一些实施例中，第一界面呈现模块3710进一步被配置为：呈现与群组相关联的第二界面；以及响应于当前用户针对第二界面而触发的第一触发操作，呈现第一界面。
在一些实施例中，第一界面是用于群组的群设置界面。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括当前用户不属于的第一对象集合。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合还包括当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，并且与第一对象集合相关联的第一描述信息同与第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息在第一界面中以不同样式被显示。
在一些实施例中，所述一组对象集合包括所述当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，描述信息显示模块3720进一步被配置为响应于确定当前用户不再属于第二对象集合，继续在所述第一界面上显示与所述第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息。
在一些实施例中，装置3700还包括样式修改模块，配置为将第二描述信息的样式修改为与第一描述的样式相同，其中，所述第一描述信息是与所述一组对象集合中当前用户不属于的第一对象集合相关联的描述信息。
在一些实施例中，一组对象集合包括第三对象集合，并且与第三对象集合相关联的第三描述信息指示群组对于第三对象集合是否公开。
在一些实施例中，第一权限包括与群组相关联的第二权限，并且控件针对一组对象集合中的每个对象集合被展示。
在一些实施例中，第一权限包括与一组对象集合中的第四对象集合相关联的第三权限，并且控件针对第四对象集合被显示。
在一些实施例中，控制用于配置群组与相应对象集合之间的如下关联关系指示：群组是否关联到相应对象集合；和/或群组对于相应对象集合是否公开。
在一些实施例中，与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：与一组对象集合相关联的文本标识；和/或与一组对象集合相关联的图像标识。
在一些实施例中，控件展示模块3730进一步被配置为：响应于确定当前用户不具有第一权限，放弃显示控件。
在一些实施例中，一组对象和集合包括团队和/或群组。
图35示出了示出了其中可以实施本公开的一个或多个实施例的电子设备/服务器1100的框图。应当理解，图35所示出的电子设备/服务器1100仅仅是示例性的，而不应当构成对本文所描述的实施例的功能和范围的任何限制。图35所示出的电子设备/服务器1100可以用于实现图19的终端设备2110。
如图35所示，电子设备/服务器1100是通用电子设备/服务器的形式。电子设备/服务器1100的组件可以包括但不限于一个或多个处理器或处理单元1110、存储器1120、存储设备1130、一个或多个通信单元1140、一个或多个输入设备1150以及一个或多个输出设备1160。处理单元1110可以是实际或虚拟处理器并且能够根据存储器1120中存储的程序来执行各种处理。在多处理器系统中，多个处理单元并行执行计算机可执行指令，以提高电子设备/服务器1100的并行处理能力。
电子设备/服务器1100通常包括多个计算机存储介质。这样的介质可以是电子设备/服务器1100可访问的任何可以获得的介质，包括但不限于易失性和非易失性介质、可拆卸和不可拆卸介质。存储器1120可以是易失性存储器(例如寄存器、高速缓存、随机访问存储器(RAM))、非易失性存储器(例如，只读存储器(ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、闪存)或它们的某种组合。存储设备1130可以是可拆卸或不可拆卸的介质，并且可以包括机器可读介质，诸如闪存驱动、磁盘或者任何其他介质，其可以能够用于存储信息和/或数据(例如用于训练的训练数据)并且可以在电子设备/服务器1100内被访问。
电子设备/服务器1100可以进一步包括另外的可拆卸/不可拆卸、易失性/非易失性存储介质。尽管未在图35中示出，可以提供用于从可拆卸、非易失性磁盘(例如“软盘”)进行读取或写入的磁盘驱动和用于从可拆卸、非易失性光盘进行读取或写入的光盘驱动。在这些情况中，每个驱动可以由一个或多个数据介质接口被连接至总线(图中未示出)。存储器1120可以包括计算机程序产品1125，其具有一个或多个程序模块，这些程序模块被配置为执行本公开的各种实施例的各种方法或动作。
通信单元1140实现通过通信介质与其他电子设备/服务器进行通信。附加地，电子设备/服务器1100的组件的功能可以以单个计算集群或多个计算机器来实现，这些计算机器能够通过通信连接进行通信。因此，电子设备/服务器1100可以使用与一个或多个其他服务器、网络个人计算机(PC)或者另一个网络节点的逻辑连接来在联网环境中进行操作。
输入设备1150可以是一个或多个输入设备，例如鼠标、键盘、追踪球等。输出设备1160可以是一个或多个输出设备，例如显示器、扬声器、打印机等。电子设备/服务器1100还可以根据需要通过通信单元1140与一个或多个外部设备(图中未示出)进行通信，外部设备诸如存储设备、显示设备等，与一个或多个使得用户与电子设备/服务器1100交互的设备进行通信，或者与使得电子设备/服务器1100与一个或多个其他电子设备/服务器通信的任何设备(例如，网卡、调制解调器等)进行通信。这样的通信可以经由输入/输出(I/O)接口(图中未示出)来执行。
根据本公开的示例性实现方式，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机可执行指令，其中计算机可执行指令被处理器执行以实现上文描述的方法。根据本公开的示例性实现方式，还提供了一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品被有形地存储在非瞬态计算机可读介质上并且包括计算机可执行指令，而计算机可执行指令被处理器执行以实现上文描述的方法。
这里参照根据本公开实现的方法、装置、设备和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或框图描述了本公开的各个方面。应当理解，流程图和/或框图的每个方框以及流程图和/或框图中各方框的组合，都可以由计算机可读程序指令实现。
这些计算机可读程序指令可以提供给通用计算机、专用计算机或其他可编程数据处理装置的处理单元，从而生产出一种机器，使得这些指令在通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理装置的处理单元执行时，产生了实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作的装置。也可以把这些计算机可读程序指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中，这些指令使得计算机、可编程数据处理装置和/或其他设备以特定方式工作，从而，存储有指令的计算机可读介质则包括一个制造品，其包括实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作的各个方面的指令。
可以把计算机可读程序指令加载到计算机、其他可编程数据处理装置、或其他设备上，使得在计算机、其他可编程数据处理装置或其他设备上执行一系列操作步骤，以产生计算机实现的过程，从而使得在计算机、其他可编程数据处理装置、或其他设备上执行的指令实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作。
需要说明的是，在本公开的上下文中，计算机可读介质可以是有形的介质，其可以包含或存储以供指令执行系统、装置或设备使用或与指令执行系统、装置或设备结合地使用的程序。计算机可读介质可以是计算机可读信号介质或者计算机可读存储介质或者是上述两者的任意组合。计算机可读存储介质例如可以是，但不限于：电、磁、光、电磁、红外线、或半导体的系统、装置或器件，或者任意以上的组合。计算机可读存储介质的更具体的例子可以包括但不限于：具有一个或多个导线的电连接、便携式计算机磁盘、硬盘、随机访问存储器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦式可编程只读存储器(EPROM或闪存)、光纤、便携式紧凑磁盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、光存储器件、磁存储器件、或者上述的任意合适的组合。在本公开中，计算机可读存储介质可以是任何包含或存储程序的有形介质，该程序可以被指令执行系统、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用。而在本公开中，计算机可读信号介质可以包括在基带中或者作为载波一部分传播的数据信号，其中承载了计算机可读的程序代码。这种传播的数据信号可以采用多种形式，包括但不限于电磁信号、光信号或上述的任 意合适的组合。计算机可读信号介质还可以是计算机可读存储介质以外的任何计算机可读介质，该计算机可读信号介质可以发送、传播或者传输用于由指令执行系统、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用的程序。计算机可读介质上包含的程序代码可以用任何适当的介质传输，包括但不限于：电线、光缆、RF(射频)等等，或者上述的任意合适的组合。
在一些实施方式中，客户端、服务器可以利用诸如HTTP(HyperText Transfer Protocol，超文本传输协议)之类的任何当前已知或未来研发的网络协议进行通信，并且可以与任意形式或介质的数字数据通信(例如，通信网络)互连。通信网络的示例包括局域网(“LAN”)，广域网(“WAN”)，网际网(例如，互联网)以及端对端网络(例如，ad hoc端对端网络)，以及任何当前已知或未来研发的网络。
上述计算机可读介质可以是上述电子设备中所包含的；也可以是单独存在，而未装配入该电子设备中。
可以以一种或多种程序设计语言或其组合来编写用于执行本公开的操作的计算机程序代码，上述程序设计语言包括但不限于面向对象的程序设计语言，诸如Java、Smalltalk、C++，还包括常规的过程式程序设计语言，诸如“C”语言或类似的程序设计语言。程序代码可以完全地在用户计算机上执行、部分地在用户计算机上执行、作为一个独立的软件包执行、部分在用户计算机上部分在远程计算机上执行、或者完全在远程计算机或服务器上执行。在涉及远程计算机的情形中，远程计算机可以通过任意种类的网络(，包括局域网(LAN)或广域网(WAN))连接到用户计算机，或者，可以连接到外部计算机(例如利用因特网服务提供商来通过因特网连接)。
附图中的流程图和框图，图示了按照本公开各种实施例的系统、方法和计算机程序产品的可能实现的体系架构、功能和操作。在这点上，流程图或框图中的每个方框可以代表一个模块、程序段、或代码的一部分，该模块、程序段、或代码的一部分包含一个或多个用于实现规定的逻辑功能的可执行指令。也应当注意，在有些作为替换的实现中，方框中所标注的功能也可以以不同于附图中所标注的顺序发生。例如，两个接连地表示的方框实际上可以基本并行地执行，它们有时也可以按相反的顺序执行，这依所涉及的功能而定。也要注意的是，框图和/或流程图中的每个方框、以及框图和/或流程图中的方框的组合，可以用执行规定的功能或操作的专用的基于硬件的系统来实现，或者可以用专用硬件与计算机指令的组合来实现。
描述于本公开实施例中所涉及到的单元可以通过软件的方式实现，也可以通过硬件的方式来实现。其中，单元的名称在某种情况下并不构成对该单元本身的限定。
本文中以上描述的功能可以至少部分地由一个或多个硬件逻辑部件来执行。例如，非限制性地，可以使用的示范类型的硬件逻辑部件包括：现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、专用标准产品(ASSP)、片上系统(SOC)、复杂可编程逻辑设备(CPLD)等等。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互方法，包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；以及响应于所述第一变更请求：建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合不再通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后，所述第二对象集合相对于所述第一对象集合的独立操作权限保持一致。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后：所述第二对象集合内的信息交互均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有对所述第二对象集合内的信息交互的管理权限；所述第二对象集合的成员对象变更均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有变更所述第二对象集合的成员对象的操作权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述 第一关联关系变更之前和之后：所述第一对象集合对于所述第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作均由所述第一对象集合管理，所述第二对象集合对于所述第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合对于所述第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作与所述第二对象集合对于所述第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作彼此独立。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后，所述第二对象集合的各成员对象对所述第二对象集合的操作权限保持一致。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合的集合类型不同于所述第二对象集合的集合类型，其中，所述第一对象集合具有非空的用户成员集合；或者，所述第一对象集合的集合类型与所述第二对象集合的集合类型相同，其中，所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合分别具有非空的用户成员集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合为团队，所述第二对象集合为群组；或者，所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合均为群组。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，响应于建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，所述方法还包括：赋予所述第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的访问权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述访问权限包括对所述第二对象集合内的信息交互的可读可写操作权限，或者所述访问权限包括对所述第二对象集合内的信息交互的只读操作权限。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，响应于建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系之前，在所述第一对象集合的成员对象中包括第一成员对象，且所述第二对象集合的成员对象中不包括所述第一成员对象的情况下，赋予所述第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的访问权限，包括：将所述第一成员对象增设为所述第二对象集合的成员对象。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，响应于建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系之前，在所述第一对象集合的成员对象中包括第一成员对象，且所述第二对象集合的成员对象中不包括所述第一成员对象的情况下，赋予所述第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的访问权限，包括：允许所述第一成员对象进行以下至少之一：查阅所述第二对象集合内的信息交互，在所述第二对象集合内进行信息交互，查阅关于所述第二对象集合的成员对象的成员信息，或者与所述第二对象集合的特定成员对象进行单独地信息交互。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见，包括：允许所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象通过所述第一对象集合查阅关于所述第二对象集合的描述信息；或者对于所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象中的一个成员对象，向所述一个成员对象展示所述第一对象集合的关联信息页，所述关联信息页中包括关于所述第二对象集合的描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合被允许与一个或多个第二对象集合之间具有第一关联关系，所述第二对象集合被允许与一个或多个第一对象集合之间具有第一关联关系。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合的成员对象包括用户成员或用于服务所述用户成员的第一控件成员，所述第一控件成员被配置为允许所述第一对象集合的用户成员通过所述第一控件成员进行信息交互；和/或所述第二对象集合的成员对象包括用户成员或用于服务所述用户成员的第二控件成员，所述第二控件成员被配置为允许所述第二对象集合的用户成员通过所述第二控件成员进行信息交互。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合内通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供关于所述第一对象集合的动态信息；所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合关联的第一页面，所述动态信息展示在所述第一页面中，和/或所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合的各用户成员对应的消息通知推送通道，所述消息通知推送通道被配置为向所 述第一对象集合的各用户成员推送所述动态信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，响应于所述第一变更请求，所述方法还包括：更新所述第一对象集合的关联关系状态，以及更新所述第二对象集合的关联关系状态；所述第一对象集合的关联关系状态在所述第一对象集合内通过可视化的方式呈现，所述第二对象集合的关联关系状态在所述第二对象集合内通过可视化的方式呈现。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述方法还包括：获取解散所述第一对象的第一解散请求，以及，响应于所述第一解散请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，解散所述第一对象集，并保持所述第二对象集合；或者，所述方法还包括：获取解散所述第二对象的第二解散请求，以及响应于所述第二解散请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，解散所述第二对象集，并保持所述第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述交互方法还包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第二变更请求；以及响应于所述第二变更请求，将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更为不同于所述第一关联关系的第二关联关系；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合具有至少一个受控于所述第一对象集合的从属操作，或者所述第二对象集合的至少部分操作权限归属于所述第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下：所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互至少部分受控于所述第一对象集合，或者对所述第一对象集合的成员对象的至少部分操作对所述第二对象集合的成员对象产生影响。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合的成员对象与所述第二对象集合的成员对象保持一致。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一关联关系为引用关系，所述第二关联关系为从属关系，所述第二对象集合从属于所述第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述交互方法还包括：获取变更所述第一对象集合与第三对象集合之间的关联关系的第三变更请求；以及响应于所述第三变更请求：建立所述第一对象集合与所述第三对象集合之间的不同于所述第一关联关系的第二关联关系，使所述第三对象集合具有至少一个受控于所述第一对象集合的从属操作，或者使所述第三对象集合的至少部分操作权限归属于所述第一对象集合；或者解除所述第一对象集合与所述第三对象集合之间的所述第二关联关系，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第三对象集合；在所述第一对象集合与所述第三对象集合之间不再具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第三对象集合不再具有受控于所述第一对象集合的从属操作，或者所述第三对象集合的操作权限不再归属于所述第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，对于与所述第一对象集合具有关联关系的第四对象集合：当所述第一对象集合与所述第四对象集合之间的关联关系是从属关系时，所述第四对象集合的成员对象与所述第一对象集合的成员对象保持一致；或者，当所述第一对象集合的成员允许包括个体成员和集合成员，且所述第四对象集合为所述第一对象集合的集合成员时，所述第四对象集合中包括的至少部分成员对象具有所述第一对象集合的集合依赖成员身份属性，所述集合依赖成员身份属性与所述第四对象集合相关联，其中，所述集合成员为包括至少一个成员对象的成员对象集合；或者当所述第一对象集合的成员允许包括个体成员和集合成员，且所述第四对象集合中包括的至少部分成员对象为所述第一对象集合的成员对象时，所述第四对象集合为所述第一对象集合的集合成员；或者当所述第一对象集合的成员对象包括独立成员对象和集合依赖成员对象时，所述第四对象集合中的至少部分成员对象为所述第一对象集合的集合依赖成员对象。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互方法，包括：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；以及响应于所述变更请求：将所述第一对象集合与所 述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，所述第一影响不同于所述第二影响。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有对所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互的管理权限；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互至少部分受控于所述第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合的成员对象变更均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有变更所述第二对象集合的成员对象的操作权限；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，对所述第一对象集合的成员对象的至少部分操作对所述第二对象集合的成员对象产生影响。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一关联关系为引用关系，所述第二对象集合被所述第一对象集合引用；所述第二关联关系为从属关系，所述第二对象集合从属于所述第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互装置，包括：关系变更请求获取单元，配置为获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；关系变更请求响应单元，配置为：响应于所述第一变更请求，建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者响应于所述第一变更请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合不再通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互装置，包括：关系变更请求获取单元，配置为：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；关系变更请求响应单元，配置为：响应于所述变更请求，将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，所述第一影响不同于所述第二影响。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互方法，包括：获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，所述第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且所述第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，所述第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；以及通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，所述信息通道不同于所述至少一个第二对象集合设置。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述动态信息包括如下中的一种或多种：所述第一对象集合的状态变更信息；所述第一对象集合的成员对象变更信息；所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合的关联状态变更信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合关联的第一页面，所述动态信息展示在所述第一页面中。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一页面包括所述第一对象集合提供的信息管理页中的动态信息展示页；所述第一对象集合提供的信息管理页中还包括成员对象信息展示页，所述成员对象信息展示页用于展示所述第一对象集合的成员对象的身份信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合的各成员对象对应的消息通知推送通道，所述第一对象集合的各成员对象的消息通知推送通道彼此独立。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述消息通知推送通道被配置为向所述第一对象集合的成员对象推送：关于所述第一对象集合的状态变更的消息通知；关于所述第一对象集合的成员对象变更的消息通知；关于所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合的关联状态变更的消息通知；或者关于与所述第一对象集合关联的所述第二对象集合的信息变更的消息通知。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，通过所述信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，包括如下中的一项或多项：向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的状态变更的消息通知；向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的成员对象增加的消息通知；向所述第一对象集合的部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的成员对象减少的消息通知；向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的关联状态变更的消息通知；向对具有对所述第二对象集合的访问权限的所述第一对象集合的成员对象，推送关于该第二对象集合的信息变更的消息通知；或者响应于与所述第一对象集合关联的所述第二对象集合的信息变更是所述第二对象集合向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象提供的访问权限发生变更，向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象推送关于该信息变更的消息通知。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述消息通知推送通道采用的推送方式响应于要推送的信息类型确定。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述消息通知推送通道配置有允许与所述第一对象集合的成员对象进行信息交互的控件模块。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述信息通道被配置为：用于向所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息的单向信息通道；或者，用于向所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，且允许与所述第一对象集合的成员对象按照预设方式进行信息交互的双向信息通道。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述动态信息在所述信息通道中按动态操作的响应时间进行排序，所述动态信息中包括所述动态操作的响应时间；或者，所述动态信息在所述信息通道中按照信息类型进行分组展示，每组中的动态信息按动态操作的响应时间进行排序。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述动态信息中包括如下中的一项或多项：跳转链接，用于使得所述第一对象集合的成员对象通过所述跳转链接可访问与所述动态信息相关联的内容页；成员对象名称，用于使得所述第一对象集合的成员对象通过所述成员对象名称可访问相应成员对象的个人信息页面；第二对象集合名称，用于使得对相应的第二对象集合具有访问权限的所述第一对象集合的成员对象，通过所述第二对象集合名称可访问相应的第二对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合的成员对象包括用户成员或用于服务所述用户成员的控件成员，所述控件成员被配置为允许所述用户成员通过所述控件成员进行信息交互。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，至少部分所述第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作与所述第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作彼此独立，响应于所述第一对象集合的成员对象发生变更，所述第二对象集合的成员对象不发生改变。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合的成员对象通过所述第二对象集合进行信息交互，所述第二对象集合内的信息交互由所述第二对象集合管理。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第二对象集合内的信息通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见或可访问。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象集合为团队、所述第二对象集合为群组；或者，所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合均为群组。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互装置，包括：动态信息获取单元，被配置为获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，所述第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且所述第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，所述第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；信息通道单元，被配置为通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，所述信息通道不同于所述至少一个第二对象集合设置。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种电子设备，包括：处理器；存储器，包括一个或多个计算机可执行指令；所述一个或多个计算机可执行指令被存储在所述存储器中并被配置为由所述处理器执行，所述一个或多个计算机可执行指令用于实现本公开任一实施例所述的交互方法。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种存储介质，用于存储非暂时性计算机可执行指令，当所述非暂时性计算机可执行指令由处理器执行时可以实现本公开任一实施例所述的交互方法。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互方法，包括：响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；以及在所述会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，并且所述当前用户与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面包括：响应于接收到与所述一组对象集合中的第一对象集合相关联的触发所述第一群组的第一预设操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；并且在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：在所述会话界面中突出显示所述第一对象集合的第一描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面包括：响应于接收到不与所述一组对象集合中的各对象集合关联的触发所述第一群组的第二预设操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；并且在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：在所述会话界面中不突出显示所述一组对象集合中的任一对象集合的描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括：在所述会话界面中显示附加信息，所述附加信息指示所述一组对象集合中的对象集合的数目。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括：接收与所述附加信息相关联的第三预设操作；以及呈现关于所述一组对象集合中的全部对象集合的描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，显示所述描述信息包括：响应于所述一组对象集合中对象集合的数目大于阈值数目，显示与所述一组对象集合中的阈值数目的对象集合相关联的描述信息；或者响应于所述一组对象集合中对象集合的数目小于或等于所述阈值数目，显示与所述一组对象集合中每个对象集合相关联的描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述阈值数目是基于所述会话界面的界面尺寸而被确定的。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，显示所述描述信息包括：针对所述至少一个对象集合中的第二对象集合：确定所述会话界面中与所述第二对象集合相对应的显示区域；以及呈现与所述显示区域的区域尺寸匹配的内容，以作为与所述第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，确定所述显示区域包括：基于以下至少一项确定所述会话界面中与所述第二对象集合相对应的所述显示区域：所述会话界面的界面尺寸，所述至少一个对象集合的集合数目，所述第二对象集合的集合标识的长度。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述至少一个对象集合包括第三对象集合，所述方法还包括：接收针对所述第三对象集合的第三描述信息的第四预设操作；以及呈现所述第三对象集合的相关信息，其中，所述第三对象集合的相关信息包括与所述第三对象集合相关联的至少一个群组的群组信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括：在所述会话界面中突出显示所述第三描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括：响应于所述当前用户退出所述至少一个对象集合中的第四对象集合，在所述会话界面中取消对与所述第四对象集合相关联的第四描述信息的呈现。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关 联的描述信息包括：在所述会话界面的预定位置处，与所述第一群组的标识信息相关联地显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，与所述第一群组的标识信息相关联地显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：通过在所述第一群组的标识信息和与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息之间呈现关联符，而将与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息与所述第一组群的标识信息相关联地显示。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：突出显示与所述至少一个对象集合中的第五对象集合相关联的第五描述信息，所述第五对象集合是所述当前用户特别关注的对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合中的对象集合具有非空的成员集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述对象集合为团队或群组。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，在所述当前用户的客户端界面中有对象集合入口，并且所述方法还包括：通过触发所述对象集合入口打开所述当前用户所属的对象集合的对象集合列表；以及通过触发所述对象集合列表中的一个对象集合，打开与该对象集合关联的对所述当前用户公开的群组列表。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种交互方法，包括：在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一对象与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合；以及响应于在所述第一对象的界面上触发对所述至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作，展示所述第一对象集合的相关信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合中的各对象集合分别对应不同筛选条件，所述筛选条件用于对第二对象进行筛选；展示所述第一对象集合的相关信息包括：利用与所述第一对象集合对应的第一筛选条件对所述第二对象进行筛选，展示筛选得到的所述第二对象的相关信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一对象为会话，所述第二对象包括消息和/或会话；或者，所述第一对象为消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种，以及所述第二对象包括：消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种或多种。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合包括如下分组中的一种或多种：团队、标签、标记、免打扰、单聊、群聊、话题、话题群。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种用于交互的装置，包括：会话界面呈现模块，被配置为响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；以及描述信息显示模块，被配置为在所述会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，并且所述当前用户与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种用于交互的装置，包括：描述信息呈现模块，被配置为在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一对象与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合；以及相关信息呈现模块，被配置为响应于在所述第一对象的界面上触发对所述至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的描述信息的操作，展示所述第一对象集合的相关信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种电子设备，包括：至少一个处理单元；以及至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器被耦合到所述至少一个处理单元并且存储用于由所述至少一个处理单元执行的指令，所述指令在由所述至少一个处理单元执行时使所述电子设备执行根据本公开上述实施例所述的方法。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序可由处理器执行以实现根据本公开上述实施例所述的方法。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种界面交互的方法，包括：响应于当前用户触发的 与群组关联的第一触发操作，呈现所述群组的第一界面；在所述第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联；以及响应于确定所述当前用户具有第一权限，在所述第一界面中展示控件，所述控件用于配置所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，呈现所述群组的所述第一界面包括：呈现与所述群组相关联的第二界面；以及响应于所述当前用户针对所述第二界面而触发的所述第一触发操作，呈现所述第一界面。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一界面是用于所述群组的群设置界面。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合包括所述当前用户不属于的第一对象集合。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合还包括所述当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，并且与所述第一对象集合相关联的第一描述信息同与所述第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息在所述第一界面中以不同样式被显示。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合包括所述当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，所述方法还包括：响应于确定所述当前用户不再属于所述第二对象集合，继续在所述第一界面上显示与所述第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括：将与所述第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息的样式修改为与第一描述信息的样式相同，其中，所述第一描述信息是与所述一组对象集合中当前用户不属于的第一对象集合相关联的描述信息。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括如下中的任一项：响应于对所述控件的第二触发操作，将所述群组设置为对所述第二触发操作对应的对象集合公开；响应于对所述控件的第三触发操作，取消所述群组对所述第三触发操作对应的对象集合公开；响应于对所述控件的第四触发操作，解除所述群组与所述第四触发操作对应的对象集合之间的关联关系。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象集合包括第三对象集合，并且与所述第三对象集合相关联的第三描述信息指示所述群组对于所述第三对象集合是否公开。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一权限包括与所述群组相关联的第二权限，并且所述控件针对所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合被展示。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述第一权限包括与所述一组对象集合中的第四对象集合相关联的第三权限，并且所述控件针对所述第四对象集合被展示。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述控件用于配置所述群组与相应对象集合之间的如下关联关系：所述群组是否关联到所述相应对象集合；和/或所述群组对于所述相应对象集合是否公开。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，与所述一组对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：与所述一组对象集合相关联的文本标识；和/或与所述一组对象集合相关联的图像标识。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述方法还包括：响应于确定所述当前用户不具有所述第一权限，放弃显示所述控件。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，所述一组对象和集合包括团队和/或群组。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种用于界面交互的装置，包括：第一界面呈现模块，被配置为响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的触发操作，呈现所述群组的第一界面；描述信息显示模块，被配置为在所述第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联；以及控件展示模块，被配置为响应于确定所述当前用户具有第一权限，在所述第一界面中展示控件，所述控件用于配置所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种电子设备，包括：至少一个处理单元；以及至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器被耦合到所述至少一个处理单元并且存储用于由所述至少一个处理单元执行的指令，所述指令在由所述至少一个处理单元执行时使所述电子设备执行根据本公开上述实施例所述的方法。
根据本公开的一个或多个实施例，一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序可由处理器执行以实现根据本公开上述实施例所述的方法。
以上描述仅为本公开的较佳实施例以及对所运用技术原理的说明。本领域技术人员应当理解，本公开中所涉及的公开范围，并不限于上述技术特征的特定组合而成的技术方案，同时也应涵盖在不脱离上述公开构思的情况下，由上述技术特征或其等同特征进行任意组合而形成的其它技术方案。例如上述特征与本公开中公开的(但不限于)具有类似功能的技术特征进行互相替换而形成的技术方案。
此外，虽然采用特定次序描绘了各操作，但是这不应当理解为要求这些操作以所示出的特定次序或以顺序次序执行来执行。在一定环境下，多任务和并行处理可能是有利的。同样地，虽然在上面论述中包含了若干具体实现细节，但是这些不应当被解释为对本公开的范围的限制。在单独的实施例的上下文中描述的某些特征还可以组合地实现在单个实施例中。相反地，在单个实施例的上下文中描述的各种特征也可以单独地或以任何合适的子组合的方式实现在多个实施例中。
尽管已经采用特定于结构特征和/或方法逻辑动作的语言描述了本主题，但是应当理解所附权利要求书中所限定的主题未必局限于上面描述的特定特征或动作。相反，上面所描述的特定特征和动作仅仅是实现权利要求书的示例形式。
对于本公开，还有以下几点需要说明：
(1)本公开实施例附图只涉及到本公开实施例涉及到的结构，其他结构可参考通常设计。
(2)在不冲突的情况下，本公开的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合以得到新的实施例。
以上所述，仅为本公开的具体实施方式，但本公开的保护范围并不局限于此，本公开的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (93)

  1. 一种交互方法，包括：
    获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；以及
    响应于所述第一变更请求：
    建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者
    解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合不再通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后，所述第二对象集合相对于所述第一对象集合的独立操作权限保持一致。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后：
    所述第二对象集合内的信息交互均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有对所述第二对象集合内的信息交互的管理权限；
    所述第二对象集合的成员对象变更均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有变更所述第二对象集合的成员对象的操作权限。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后：
    所述第一对象集合对于所述第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作均由所述第一对象集合管理，
    所述第二对象集合对于所述第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作均由所述第二对象集合管理，
    所述第一对象集合对于所述第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作与所述第二对象集合对于所述第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作彼此独立。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更之前和之后，所述第二对象集合的各成员对象对所述第二对象集合的操作权限保持一致。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一对象集合的集合类型不同于所述第二对象集合的集合类型，其中，所述第一对象集合具有非空的用户成员集合；或者，
    所述第一对象集合的集合类型与所述第二对象集合的集合类型相同，其中，所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合分别具有非空的用户成员集合。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一对象集合为团队，所述第二对象集合为群组；或者，
    所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合均为群组。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，响应于建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，所述方法还包括：
    赋予所述第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的访问权限。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述访问权限包括对所述第二对象集合内的信息交互的可读可写操作权限，或者
    所述访问权限包括对所述第二对象集合内的信息交互的只读操作权限。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的交互方法，其中，响应于建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系之前，在所述第一对象集合的成员对象中包括第一成员对象，且所述第二对象集合的成员对象中不包括所述第一成员对象的情况下，
    赋予所述第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的访问权限，包括：
    将所述第一成员对象增设为所述第二对象集合的成员对象。
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的交互方法，其中，响应于建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系之前，在所述第一对象集合的成员对象中包括第一成员对象，且所述第二对象集合的成员对象中不包括所述第一成员对象的情况下，
    赋予所述第一对象集合的至少一个成员对象通过所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的访问权限，包括：
    允许所述第一成员对象进行以下至少之一：
    查阅所述第二对象集合内的信息交互，
    在所述第二对象集合内进行信息交互，
    查阅关于所述第二对象集合的成员对象的成员信息，或者
    与所述第二对象集合的特定成员对象进行单独地信息交互。
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见，包括：
    允许所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象通过所述第一对象集合查阅关于所述第二对象集合的描述信息；或者
    对于所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象中的一个成员对象，向所述一个成员对象展示所述第一对象集合的关联信息页，所述关联信息页中包括关于所述第二对象集合的描述信息。
  13. 根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述第一对象集合被允许与一个或多个第二对象集合之间具有第一关联关系，所述第二对象集合被允许与一个或多个第一对象集合之间具有第一关联关系。
  14. 根据权利要求1-13中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一对象集合的成员对象包括用户成员或用于服务所述用户成员的第一控件成员，所述第一控件成员被配置为允许所述第一对象集合的用户成员通过所述第一控件成员进行信息交互；和/或
    所述第二对象集合的成员对象包括用户成员或用于服务所述用户成员的第二控件成员，所述第二控件成员被配置为允许所述第二对象集合的用户成员通过所述第二控件成员进行信息交互。
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合内通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供关于所述第一对象集合的动态信息；
    所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合关联的第一页面，所述动态信息展示在所述第一页面中，和/或
    所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合的各用户成员对应的消息通知推送通道，所述消息通知推送通道被配置为向所述第一对象集合的各用户成员推送所述动态信息。
  16. 根据权利要求1-15中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，响应于所述第一变更请求，所述方法还包括：
    更新所述第一对象集合的关联关系状态，以及
    更新所述第二对象集合的关联关系状态；
    其中，所述第一对象集合的关联关系状态在所述第一对象集合内通过可视化的方式呈现，所述第二对象集合的关联关系状态在所述第二对象集合内通过可视化的方式呈现。
  17. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，
    所述方法还包括：
    获取解散所述第一对象的第一解散请求，以及，响应于所述第一解散请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，解散所述第一对象集，并保持所述第二对象集合；
    或者，所述方法还包括：
    获取解散所述第二对象的第二解散请求，以及，
    响应于所述第二解散请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，解散所述第二对象集，并保持所述第一对象集合。
  18. 根据权利要求1-17中任一项所述的交互方法，还包括：
    获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第二变更请求；以及
    响应于所述第二变更请求，将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系变更为不同于所述第一关联关系的第二关联关系；
    其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合具有至少一个受控于所述第一对象集合的从属操作，或者所述第二对象集合的至少部分操作权限归属于所述第一对象集合。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下：
    所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互至少部分受控于所述第一对象集合，或者
    对所述第一对象集合的成员对象的至少部分操作对所述第二对象集合的成员对象产生影响。
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的交互方法，其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合的成员对象与所述第二对象集合的成员对象保持一致。
  21. 根据权利要求18-20中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一关联关系为引用关系，
    所述第二关联关系为从属关系，所述第二对象集合从属于所述第一对象集合。
  22. 根据权利要求1-21中任一项所述的交互方法，还包括：
    获取变更所述第一对象集合与第三对象集合之间的关联关系的第三变更请求；以及
    响应于所述第三变更请求：
    建立所述第一对象集合与所述第三对象集合之间的不同于所述第一关联关系的第二关联关系，使所述第三对象集合具有至少一个受控于所述第一对象集合的从属操作，或者使所述第三对象集合的至少部分操作权限归属于所述第一对象集合；或者
    解除所述第一对象集合与所述第三对象集合之间的所述第二关联关系，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第三对象集合，
    其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第三对象集合之间不再具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第三对象集合不再具有受控于所述第一对象集合的从属操作，或者所述第三对象集合的操作权限不再归属于所述第一对象集合。
  23. 根据权利要求1-22中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，对于与所述第一对象集合具有关联关系的第四对象集合：
    当所述第一对象集合与所述第四对象集合之间的关联关系是从属关系时，所述第四对象集合的成员对象与所述第一对象集合的成员对象保持一致；或者
    当所述第一对象集合的成员允许包括个体成员和集合成员，且所述第四对象集合为所述第一对象集合的集合成员时，所述第四对象集合中包括的至少部分成员对象具有所述第一对象集合的集合依赖成员身份属性，所述集合依赖成员身份属性与所述第四对象集合相关联，其中，所述集合成员为包括至少一个成员对象的成员对象集合；或者
    当所述第一对象集合的成员允许包括个体成员和集合成员，且所述第四对象集合中包括的至少部分成员对象为所述第一对象集合的成员对象时，所述第四对象集合为所述第一对象集合的集合成员；或者
    当所述第一对象集合的成员对象包括独立成员对象和集合依赖成员对象时，所述第四对象集合中的至少部分成员对象为所述第一对象集合的集合依赖成员对象。
  24. 一种交互方法，包括：
    获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；以及
    响应于所述变更请求：
    将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者
    将所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；
    其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；
    在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，所述第一影响不同于所述第二影响。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的交互方法，其中，
    在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有对所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互的管理权限；
    在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合内的信息变更和/或信息交互至少部分受控于所述第一对象集合。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的交互方法，其中，
    在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第二对象集合的成员对象变更均由所述第二对象集合管理，所述第一对象集合不具有变更所述第二对象集合的成员对象的操作权限；
    在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，对所述第一对象集合的成员对象的至少部分操作对所述第二对象集合的成员对象产生影响。
  27. 根据权利要求24-26中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一关联关系为引用关系，所述第二对象集合被所述第一对象集合引用；
    所述第二关联关系为从属关系，所述第二对象集合从属于所述第一对象集合。
  28. 一种交互方法，包括：
    获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，其中，所述第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且所述第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，所述第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；以及
    通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，其中，所述信息通道不同于所述至少一个第二对象集合设置。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的交互方法，其中，所述动态信息包括如下中的一种或多种：
    所述第一对象集合的状态变更信息；
    所述第一对象集合的成员对象变更信息；
    所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合的关联状态变更信息。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的交互方法，其中，所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合关联的第一页面，
    所述动态信息展示在所述第一页面中。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的交互方法，其中，所述第一页面包括所述第一对象集合提供的信息管理页中的动态信息展示页；
    所述第一对象集合提供的信息管理页中还包括成员对象信息展示页，所述成员对象信息展示页用于展示所述第一对象集合的成员对象的身份信息。
  32. 根据权利要求28-31中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述信息通道包括与所述第一对象集合的各成员对象对应的消息通知推送通道，所述第一对象集合的各成员对象的消息通知推送通道彼此独立。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的交互方法，其中，所述消息通知推送通道被配置为向所述第一对象集合的成员对象推送：
    关于所述第一对象集合的状态变更的消息通知；
    关于所述第一对象集合的成员对象变更的消息通知；
    关于所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合的关联状态变更的消息通知；或者
    关于与所述第一对象集合关联的所述第二对象集合的信息变更的消息通知。
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的交互方法，其中，通过所述信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，包括如下中的一项或多项：
    向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的状态变更的消息通知；
    向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的成员对象增加的消息通知；
    向所述第一对象集合的部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的成员对象减少的消息通知；
    向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象，推送关于所述第一对象集合的关联状态变更的消息通知；
    向对具有对所述第二对象集合的访问权限的所述第一对象集合的成员对象，推送关于该第二对象集合的信息变更的消息通知；或者
    响应于与所述第一对象集合关联的所述第二对象集合的信息变更是所述第二对象集合向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象提供的访问权限发生变更，向所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象推送关于该信息变更的消息通知。
  35. 根据权利要求32-34中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述消息通知推送通道采用的推送方式响应于要推送的信息类型确定。
  36. 根据权利要求32-35中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述消息通知推送通道配置有允许与所述第一对象集合的成员对象进行信息交互的控件模块。
  37. 根据权利要求28-36中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述信息通道被配置为：
    用于向所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息的单向信息通道；或者，
    用于向所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，且允许与所述第一对象集合的成员对象按照预设方式进行信息交互的双向信息通道。
  38. 根据权利要求28-37中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述动态信息在所述信息通道中按动态操作的响应时间进行排序，所述动态信息中包括所述动态操作的响应时间；或者，
    所述动态信息在所述信息通道中按照信息类型进行分组展示，每组中的动态信息按动态操作的响应时间进行排序。
  39. 根据权利要求28-38中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述动态信息中包括如下中的一项或多项：
    跳转链接，用于使得所述第一对象集合的成员对象通过所述跳转链接可访问与所述动态信息相关联的内容页；
    成员对象名称，用于使得所述第一对象集合的成员对象通过所述成员对象名称可访问相应成员对象的个人信息页面；
    第二对象集合名称，用于使得对相应的第二对象集合具有访问权限的所述第一对象集合的成员对象，通过所述第二对象集合名称可访问相应的第二对象集合。
  40. 根据权利要求28-39中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述第一对象集合的成员对象包括用户成员或用于服务所述用户成员的控件成员，所述控件成员被配置为允许所述用户成员通过所述控件成员进行信息交互。
  41. 根据权利要求28-40中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，至少部分所述第二对象集合的成员对象的增减操作与所述第一对象集合的成员对象的增减操作彼此独立，
    响应于所述第一对象集合的成员对象发生变更，所述第二对象集合的成员对象不发生改变。
  42. 根据权利要求28-41中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述第一对象集合的成员对象通过所述第二对象集合进行信息交互，所述第二对象集合内的信息交互由所述第二对象集合管理。
  43. 根据权利要求28-42中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述第二对象集合内的信息通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见或可访问。
  44. 根据权利要求28-43中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一对象集合为团队、所述第二对象集合为群组；或者，
    所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合均为群组。
  45. 一种交互装置，包括：
    关系变更请求获取单元，配置为获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的第一变更请求；
    关系变更请求响应单元，配置为：
    响应于所述第一变更请求，建立所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的至少部分成员对象可见；或者
    响应于所述第一变更请求，解除所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间的所述第一关联关系，使所述第二对象集合不再通过所述第一对象集合对所述第一对象集合的成员对象可见，并分别保持所述第一对象集合和所述第二对象集合。
  46. 一种交互装置，包括：
    关系变更请求获取单元，配置为：获取变更第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的关联关系的变更请求；
    关系变更请求响应单元，配置为：响应于所述变更请求，将所述第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第一关联关系变更为第二关联关系，或者将所述第一对象集合与第二对象集合之间的第二关联关系变更为第一关联关系；
    其中，在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第一关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第一影响；
    在所述第一对象集合与所述第二对象集合之间具有所述第二关联关系的情况下，所述第一对象集合对所述第二对象集合的权限产生第二影响，所述第一影响不同于所述第二影响。
  47. 一种交互装置，包括：
    动态信息获取单元，被配置为获取关于第一对象集合的动态信息，其中，所述第一对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合，且所述第一对象集合与至少一个第二对象集合关联，所述第二对象集合具有非空的成员对象集合；
    信息通道单元，被配置为通过信息通道为所述第一对象集合的成员对象提供所述动态信息，其中，所述信息通道不同于所述至少一个第二对象集合设置。
  48. 一种电子设备，包括：
    处理器；
    存储器，包括一个或多个计算机可执行指令；
    其中，所述一个或多个计算机可执行指令被存储在所述存储器中并被配置为由所述处理器执行，
    所述一个或多个计算机可执行指令用于实现权利要求1-44任一所述的交互方法。
  49. 一种存储介质，用于存储非暂时性计算机可执行指令，当所述非暂时性计算机可执行指令由处理器执行时可以实现权利要求1-44任一所述的交互方法。
  50. 一种交互方法，包括：
    响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；以及
    在所述会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，并且所述当前用户与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的交互方法，其中，所述响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面包括：
    响应于接收到与所述一组对象集合中的第一对象集合相关联的触发所述第一群组的第一预设操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；并且
    在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：在所述会话界 面中突出显示所述第一对象集合的第一描述信息。
  52. 根据权利要求50所述的交互方法，其中，所述响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面包括：
    响应于接收到不与所述一组对象集合中的各对象集合关联的触发所述第一群组的第二预设操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；并且
    在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：在所述会话界面中不突出显示所述一组对象集合中的任一对象集合的描述信息。
  53. 根据权利要求50-52中任一项所述的交互方法，还包括：
    在所述会话界面中显示附加信息，所述附加信息指示所述一组对象集合中的对象集合的数目。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的交互方法，还包括：
    接收与所述附加信息相关联的第三预设操作；以及
    呈现关于所述一组对象集合中的全部对象集合的描述信息。
  55. 根据权利要求50-54中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，显示所述描述信息包括：
    响应于所述一组对象集合中对象集合的数目大于阈值数目，显示与所述一组对象集合中的阈值数目的对象集合相关联的描述信息；或者
    响应于所述一组对象集合中对象集合的数目小于或等于所述阈值数目，显示与所述一组对象集合中每个对象集合相关联的描述信息。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的交互方法，其中，所述阈值数目是基于所述会话界面的界面尺寸而被确定的。
  57. 根据权利要求50-56中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，显示所述描述信息包括：
    针对所述至少一个对象集合中的第二对象集合：
    确定所述会话界面中与所述第二对象集合相对应的显示区域；以及
    呈现与所述显示区域的区域尺寸匹配的内容，以作为与所述第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的交互方法，其中，确定所述显示区域包括：
    基于以下至少一项确定所述会话界面中与所述第二对象集合相对应的所述显示区域：
    所述会话界面的界面尺寸，
    所述至少一个对象集合的集合数目，
    所述第二对象集合的集合标识的长度。
  59. 根据权利要求50-58中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述至少一个对象集合包括第三对象集合，所述方法还包括：
    接收针对所述第三对象集合的第三描述信息的第四预设操作；以及
    呈现所述第三对象集合的相关信息，其中，所述第三对象集合的相关信息包括与所述第三对象集合相关联的至少一个群组的群组信息。
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的交互方法，还包括：
    在所述会话界面中突出显示所述第三描述信息。
  61. 根据权利要求50-60中任一项所述的交互方法，还包括：
    响应于所述当前用户退出所述至少一个对象集合中的第四对象集合，在所述会话界面中取消对与所述第四对象集合相关联的第四描述信息的呈现。
  62. 根据权利要求50-61中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：
    在所述会话界面的预定位置处，与所述第一群组的标识信息相关联地显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息。
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的交互方法，其中，与所述第一群组的标识信息相关联地显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：
    通过在所述第一群组的标识信息和与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息之间呈现关联符，而将与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息与所述第一组群的标识信息相关联 地显示。
  64. 根据权利要求50-63中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，在所述会话界面中显示与所述至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：
    突出显示与所述至少一个对象集合中的第五对象集合相关联的第五描述信息，所述第五对象集合是所述当前用户特别关注的对象集合。
  65. 根据权利要求50-64中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述一组对象集合中的对象集合具有非空的成员集合。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的交互方法，其中，所述对象集合为团队或群组。
  67. 根据权利要求65或66所述的交互方法，其中，在所述当前用户的客户端界面中有对象集合入口，并且所述方法还包括：
    通过触发所述对象集合入口打开所述当前用户所属的对象集合的对象集合列表；以及
    通过触发所述对象集合列表中的一个对象集合，打开与该对象集合关联的对所述当前用户公开的群组列表。
  68. 一种交互方法，包括：
    在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一对象与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合；以及
    响应于在所述第一对象的界面上触发对所述至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的第一描述信息的操作，展示所述第一对象集合的相关信息。
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的交互方法，其中，所述一组对象集合中的各对象集合分别对应不同筛选条件，所述筛选条件用于对第二对象进行筛选；
    展示所述第一对象集合的相关信息包括：利用与所述第一对象集合对应的第一筛选条件对所述第二对象进行筛选，展示筛选得到的所述第二对象的相关信息。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的交互方法，其中，
    所述第一对象为会话，所述第二对象包括消息和/或会话；
    或者，
    所述第一对象为消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种，以及所述第二对象包括：消息、会话、任务、文档、日历和音视频会议中的一种或多种。
  71. 根据权利要求68-70中任一项所述的交互方法，其中，所述一组对象集合包括如下分组中的一种或多种：
    团队、标签、标记、免打扰、单聊、群聊、话题、话题群。
  72. 一种用于交互的装置，包括：
    会话界面呈现模块，被配置为响应于接收到当前用户的关于第一群组的触发操作，呈现所述第一群组的会话界面；以及
    描述信息显示模块，被配置为在所述会话界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，并且所述当前用户与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合。
  73. 一种用于交互的装置，包括：
    描述信息呈现模块，被配置为在第一对象的界面中显示与一组对象集合中的至少一个对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述第一对象与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合关联，所述一组对象集合包括一个或多个对象集合；以及
    相关信息呈现模块，被配置为响应于在所述第一对象的界面上触发对所述至少一个对象集合中的第一对象集合的描述信息的操作，展示所述第一对象集合的相关信息。
  74. 一种电子设备，包括：
    至少一个处理单元；以及
    至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器被耦合到所述至少一个处理单元并且存储用于由所述至少一个处理单元执行的指令，所述指令在由所述至少一个处理单元执行时使所述电子 设备执行根据权利要求50至71中任一项所述的方法。
  75. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序可由处理器执行以实现根据权利要求50至71中任一项所述的方法。
  76. 一种界面交互的方法，包括：
    响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的第一触发操作，呈现所述群组的第一界面；
    在所述第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联；以及
    响应于确定所述当前用户具有第一权限，在所述第一界面中展示控件，所述控件用于配置所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的方法，其中，呈现所述群组的所述第一界面包括：
    呈现与所述群组相关联的第二界面；以及
    响应于所述当前用户针对所述第二界面而触发的所述第一触发操作，呈现所述第一界面。
  78. 根据权利要求76或77所述的方法，其中，所述第一界面是用于所述群组的群设置界面。
  79. 根据权利要求76-78中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述一组对象集合包括所述当前用户不属于的第一对象集合。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的方法，其中，所述一组对象集合还包括所述当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，并且与所述第一对象集合相关联的第一描述信息同与所述第二对象集合相关联的第二描述信息在所述第一界面中以不同样式被显示。
  81. 根据权利要求76-80中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述一组对象集合包括所述当前用户所属于的第二对象集合，所述方法还包括：
    响应于确定所述当前用户不再属于所述第二对象集合，继续在所述第一界面上显示与所述第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    将与所述第二对象集合关联的第二描述信息的样式修改为与第一描述信息的样式相同，其中，所述第一描述信息是与所述一组对象集合中当前用户不属于的第一对象集合相关联的描述信息。
  83. 根据权利要求76-82中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括如下中的任一项：
    响应于对所述控件的第二触发操作，将所述群组设置为对所述第二触发操作对应的对象集合公开；
    响应于对所述控件的第三触发操作，取消所述群组对所述第三触发操作对应的对象集合公开；
    响应于对所述控件的第四触发操作，解除所述群组与所述第四触发操作对应的对象集合之间的关联关系。
  84. 根据权利要求76-83中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述一组对象集合包括第三对象集合，并且与所述第三对象集合相关联的第三描述信息指示所述群组对于所述第三对象集合是否公开。
  85. 根据权利要求76-84中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一权限包括与所述群组相关联的第二权限，并且所述控件针对所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合被展示。
  86. 根据权利要求76-85中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一权限包括与所述一组对象集合中的第四对象集合相关联的第三权限，并且所述控件针对所述第四对象集合被展示。
  87. 根据权利要求85或86所述的方法，其中，所述控件用于配置所述群组与相应对象集合之间的如下关联关系：
    所述群组是否关联到所述相应对象集合；和/或
    所述群组对于所述相应对象集合是否公开。
  88. 根据权利要求76-87中任一项所述的方法，其中，与所述一组对象集合相关联的描述信息包括：
    与所述一组对象集合相关联的文本标识；和/或
    与所述一组对象集合相关联的图像标识。
  89. 根据权利要求76-88中任一项所述的方法，还包括：
    响应于确定所述当前用户不具有所述第一权限，放弃显示所述控件。
  90. 根据权利要求76-89中任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述一组对象和集合包括团队和/或群组。
  91. 一种用于界面交互的装置，包括：
    第一界面呈现模块，被配置为响应于当前用户触发的与群组关联的触发操作，呈现所述群组的第一界面；
    描述信息显示模块，被配置为在所述第一界面中显示与一组对象集合相关联的描述信息，其中，所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的每个对象集合相关联；以及
    控件展示模块，被配置为响应于确定所述当前用户具有第一权限，在所述第一界面中展示控件，所述控件用于配置所述群组与所述一组对象集合中的对象集合之间的关联关系。
  92. 一种电子设备，包括：
    至少一个处理单元；以及
    至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器被耦合到所述至少一个处理单元并且存储用于由所述至少一个处理单元执行的指令，所述指令在由所述至少一个处理单元执行时使所述电子设备执行根据权利要求76至90中任一项所述的方法。
  93. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序可由处理器执行以实现根据权利要求76至90中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/125223 2022-10-19 2023-10-18 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质 WO2024083153A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211282019.0 2022-10-19
CN202211291831.XA CN117955947A (zh) 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质
CN202211291831.X 2022-10-19
CN202211282019.0A CN117955758A (zh) 2022-10-19 2022-10-19 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质
CN202211351667.7A CN117997858A (zh) 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 交互方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN202211352228.8A CN117997860A (zh) 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 交互方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN202211351667.7 2022-10-31
CN202211352228.8 2022-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024083153A1 true WO2024083153A1 (zh) 2024-04-25

Family

ID=90736995

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/125223 WO2024083153A1 (zh) 2022-10-19 2023-10-18 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024083153A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107683468A (zh) * 2015-05-22 2018-02-09 微软技术许可有限责任公司 用于提供交互式列表对象的统一消息传送平台
US20180262543A1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2018-09-13 Candex Technologies Ltd. Systems and methods for organizational collaboration
CN110932873A (zh) * 2019-11-18 2020-03-27 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 群组通信方法、终端设备、服务器及通信系统
CN114095288A (zh) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-25 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 用户群组交互方法、装置及电子设备
CN114205177A (zh) * 2021-12-10 2022-03-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 通讯消息显示方法及装置
CN114244793A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-03-25 泰康保险集团股份有限公司 信息处理方法、装置、设备及存储介质

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180262543A1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2018-09-13 Candex Technologies Ltd. Systems and methods for organizational collaboration
CN107683468A (zh) * 2015-05-22 2018-02-09 微软技术许可有限责任公司 用于提供交互式列表对象的统一消息传送平台
CN110932873A (zh) * 2019-11-18 2020-03-27 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 群组通信方法、终端设备、服务器及通信系统
CN114095288A (zh) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-25 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 用户群组交互方法、装置及电子设备
CN114244793A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-03-25 泰康保险集团股份有限公司 信息处理方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN114205177A (zh) * 2021-12-10 2022-03-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 通讯消息显示方法及装置

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240028644A1 (en) Expandable data object management and indexing architecture for intersystem data exchange compatibility
US8499041B2 (en) Collaborative browsing and related methods and systems
US20160342665A1 (en) Interactive command line for content creation
JP2015507237A (ja) 連携リモートアプリケーション共有および会議のための方法およびシステム
KR20080008319A (ko) 공동 작업 공간
US20150058056A1 (en) Systems and methods for streamlining scheduling
US20090204902A1 (en) System and interface for co-located collaborative web search
TW201033853A (en) Hybrid synchronous/asynchronous means for sharing user interactions across multiple devices
US20230101773A1 (en) Data storage and retrieval system for subdividing unstructured platform-agnostic user input into platform-specific data objects and data entities
US20240061959A1 (en) Information processing, information interaction, tag viewing and information display method and apparatus
WO2023109608A1 (zh) 信息处理方法、装置、电子设备和存储介质
US10171386B1 (en) Methods and systems for storing instant messaging messages
CN110268430A (zh) 捆绑内容的共享
US20240143266A1 (en) Shared screen tools for collaboration
US20240054455A1 (en) Systems and methods for multi-party distributed active co-browsing
US10083240B2 (en) Method of data organization and data searching for constructing evidence-based beliefs within a social network
JP7491025B2 (ja) 会議登録システム、管理システム、情報処理方法、及びプログラム
JP4976083B2 (ja) 情報共有システムの情報連携プログラム
CN111309211A (zh) 图片处理方法、装置及存储介质
WO2024083153A1 (zh) 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质
US10992488B2 (en) System and method for an enhanced focus group platform for a plurality of user devices in an online communication environment
JP6166390B2 (ja) ソーシャルネットワークサーバ、画面表示方法およびプログラム
WO2024083158A1 (zh) 交互方法及装置、电子设备及存储介质
WO2023124907A1 (zh) 一种即时消息的处理方法、装置及设备
WO2023160627A1 (zh) 信息交互方法、装置和电子设备